Reading view

A Galaxy S26 Ultra pre-order rumor got me hyped

A new rumor indicates that Samsung may ship a freebie with Galaxy S26, S26 Plus, and S26 Ultra during the pre-order phase to increase early customers’ interest.

Specifically, the phone lineup is rumored to ship with a 60W super-fast charger. Samsung has been offering 45W support for all of the recent flagship phones. However, the premium lineup no longer ships with a charger inside the retail box, and users will have to buy it separately.

Since the phone also supports backward charging, such as 25W, many of the users don’t bother buying a new brick for the sake of faster charging sessions. As for me, I had a 45W charger, and it makes the charging experience a lot faster.

However, Samsung is reportedly launching 60W wired charging support for the Galaxy S26 series. This will further boost the charging speed. Besides charging, the high-end model – the Galaxy S26 Ultra is likely to retain the 5,000mAh battery capacity, which Samsung has been using for a long time now. So, why would Samsung pack a 60W charger for pre-ordering customers?

The situation lies around the current supply chain conditions, especially those created by the memory suppliers. Samsung is also part of the problem, since it’s no longer producing DRAM and other memory chips in order to increase HBM production.

This situation has created a lack of memory and storage chip supplies in the tech industry. Thus, increasing prices and making final products more expensive.

Last year, Samsung offered a free storage upgrade at the cost of a lower-end version. For example, users can claim a 512GB version of S25 Ultra at the price of the 256GB variant. The new supply chain constraint may have caused the company to shift away from this pre-order offer and offer another freebie instead.

Cost-efficient

Though it’s a rumor, Samsung could ship a 60W charger with the Galaxy S26 series pre-order campaign without sustaining a major loss.

A 45W charger costs around $50 on Samsung’s official store. So, the 60W charger should be priced around $60-$70, which is still a fair deal to trade for the early Galaxy S26, S26 Plus, or S26 Ultra pre-order customers. Therefore, offering a free charger won’t be a bigger expense than giving away a free storage, at least in the current scenario.

On the other side, users won’t have to buy this accessory on their own and experience a better charging rate, which will ease their day-to-day experience with the newly released models. If true, this will compensate well for losing the free storage upgrade offer.

Samsung will launch the Galaxy S26 series on February 25, 2026, at the Unpacked event.

The post A Galaxy S26 Ultra pre-order rumor got me hyped appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus full set of press images leak

The leaks keep pouring in and we now have even more official renders of the Galaxy S26 and S26+ thanks to Evan Blass. The pair of upcoming Samsung flagships are shown in Black, Sky Blue and White colors. The two devices look basically identical to thier predecessors. Here’s the Galaxy S26: Galaxy S26 in Black And the Galaxy S26+: Galaxy S26+ in Black Galaxy S26+ in Sky Blue Galaxy S26+ in White Samsung’s Galaxy S26 and S26+ will be powered by the Exynos 2600 SoC in most regions, and offer the same screen sizes as their...

Samsung Galaxy A37 and A57 Google Play Console listing hints at US availability

Samsung is preparing to launch two new Galaxy A series smartphones, the Galaxy A37 and Galaxy A57. We have already seen renders, leaks, and rumors about these devices. Now, more details about these phones have appeared online.

The Galaxy A37 and Galaxy A57 phones have surfaced on the Google Play Console list of supported devices. This shows that Samsung is testing them and that the launch is near.

The Galaxy A37 has the code “a37x,” and the Galaxy A57 has the code “a57x”. Several model numbers have also been listed. The Galaxy A37 has SM-A3760, SM-A376B, SM-A376E, SM-A376U, SM-A376U1, and SM-A376W, while the A57 has SM-A5760, SM-A576B, SM-A576Q, SM-A576U1, SM-A576W, and SM-A576Z. These models show the global launch of these phones, along with the US.

Samsung Galaxy A57 and A37 CAD renders

Credits – Android Headlines

With all these listings and leaks, Samsung seems close to officially launching the Galaxy A37 and A57. Fans of Samsung’s Galaxy A series can look forward to new options with updated designs and performance.

Recently leaked renders show that Samsung is experimenting with Key Island. The Galaxy A57 will have the Key Island like other Galaxy models, while the Galaxy A37 will use a slightly different design with a single-frame bump.

Early reports also suggest that both phones will come with a 5,000mAh battery and support 45W fast charging. Samsung may include new 50-megapixel cameras, with sensors supplied by both Sony and Samsung. More details are expected as the launch approaches. Stay tuned.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung Galaxy A37 and A57 Google Play Console listing hints at US availability appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Low inventory at Apple stores hints at a slew of upcoming new devices, iPhone 17e included

A new report from Mark Gurman claims that Apple's inventory of some devices is running low. More specifically, people looking to buy certain custom MacBook Pro configurations, Apple TV, iPad Air and iPhone 16e are facing delays or trouble finding units at Apple's physical stores. This, in turn, could mean one thing in Apple's world - an upgrade is coming. This corroborates Mark Gurman's earlier reports that the company is gearing up to announce a new iPhone 17e and upgrade the iPad Air. Of course, low inventory doesn't always mean that, but the iPhone 16e was launched exactly a year...

Casio launches new GMWBZ5000 G-Shock metal watches in the US with MIP LCD and solar power

Casio G-shock GMW-BZ5000GD-9 GMW-BZ5000D

Casio has officially released the GMWBZ5000D-1, GMWBZ5000BD-1, and GMWBZ5000GD-9 G-Shock watches in the US market. These models first debuted in Japan in November 2025 and now expand availability to global buyers. The new lineup continues the brand’s 5000-series legacy with a full-metal construction and updated internals.

Casio G-shock GMW-BZ5000GD-9 GMW-BZ5000D

Design Details

Each watch in the series features a square stainless steel case, measuring 49.3 x 43.6 x 13 mm, and a solid metal bracelet with a three-fold clasp. The GMWBZ5000D-1 uses a natural silver finish, the GMWBZ5000BD-1 adopts a black ion-plated treatment, and the GMWBZ5000GD-9 is coated in a gold ion-plated finish. All three watches maintain the signature G-Shock design but introduce a redesigned internal structure developed through AI-assisted design processes.

Casio created a new shock-resistant structure after studying decades of G-Shock performance data. Using AI, the company designed a case extension that connects with the lugs to minimize shock transmission. Inside, a resin protector absorbs impacts while preserving the strength of the full-metal exterior.

Casio Gshock GMWBZ5000GD9
Casio G-shock GMWBZ5000BD1
Casio G-Shock GMWBZ5000D-1

The watches use a high-contrast, full-dot Memory in Pixel (MIP) LCD for improved readability and energy efficiency. Casio enables eight display modes across two font styles, with options for dual time, day-date, and triple time layouts. The LCD offers wide viewing angles and remains visible even in direct sunlight.

Connectivity features include Bluetooth support through the Casio Watches app and Multi Band 6 radio signal calibration. Casio includes its Tough Solar charging system, which powers the watch from ambient light. The battery can run for up to 22 months in power-saving mode after a full charge.

Other functions include 38 world time zones, a 1/100-second stopwatch, a countdown timer, five daily alarms, an LED backlight, and a full auto-calendar valid through 2099. The watches are water-resistant to 200 meters and feature a screw-lock case back for added durability.

Pricing and Availability

Casio has priced the GMWBZ5000D-1 at $660, while the black and gold models retail for $720. All three models are now available through Casio’s official US channels, select online stores, and authorized jeweler-exclusive outlets.

In related news, Casio has recently launched the premium G-Shock MRGB2100D-2A in the US, featuring a titanium build and Bluetooth connectivity. The company has also introduced its latest Baby-G series with playful pastel tones and translucent straps.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

(Casio 1,2,3)

The post Casio launches new GMWBZ5000 G-Shock metal watches in the US with MIP LCD and solar power appeared first on Gizmochina.

COLORFUL EVOL P15 Gaming Laptops Debut with RTX 50 Series GPUs and QHD 165Hz Display

COLORFUL Technology has announced the EVOL P15 gaming laptop series. The new lineup brings NVIDIA GeForce RTX 50 series Laptop GPUs to a 15.6-inch form factor. The series will be available in two variants with GeForce RTX 5060 and RTX 5050 Laptop GPUs. Both models come with Windows 11 Home and WPS Office pre-installed, with support for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint file formats.

COLORFUL EVOL P15

The EVOL P15 RTX 5060 model comes in a Carbon Grey chassis. It supports up to an Intel Core i7 14650HX processor with 16 cores and 24 threads. Graphics are handled by the NVIDIA GeForce RTX 5060 Laptop GPU with 8GB VRAM and DLSS 4 support.

It features a 15.6 inch IPS display with 2560 × 1440 resolution, a 165Hz refresh rate, and 100 percent sRGB color coverage. The laptop uses an Ice Cooling System with dual fans and five heatpipes. It supports up to 16GB DDR5 5200MHz memory and includes a 512GB PCIe Gen3 M.2 SSD. There is also an additional M.2 slot for storage expansion. Connectivity includes Wi Fi 6E, and it has an RGB LED keyboard.

The EVOL P15 RTX 5050 model comes in a Cloud White chassis. It supports up to an Intel Core i5 13420H processor with 8 cores and 12 threads. It is paired with the NVIDIA GeForce RTX 5050 Laptop GPU with 8GB VRAM and DLSS 4 support.

This version features a 15.6 inch IPS display with 1920 × 1080 resolution, a 144Hz refresh rate, and 100 percent sRGB color coverage. Cooling is handled by Ice Cooling System 3.0 with dual fans and four heatpipes. It supports up to 16GB DDR5 5200MHz memory and includes a 512GB PCIe Gen3 M.2 SSD with an additional M.2 slot. It supports Wi Fi 6 and includes an RGB LED keyboard.

The EVOL P15 series will launch in Q1 2026 with a two-year warranty. Pricing will be announced closer to release.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

The post COLORFUL EVOL P15 Gaming Laptops Debut with RTX 50 Series GPUs and QHD 165Hz Display appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi 17 Max Roundup: Design, Display, Camera, Performance, and More

Xiaomi 17 Pro Max

Xiaomi’s 2026 flagship lineup already has four members. Now the company is reportedly adding a sixth in the form of the Xiaomi 17 Max. That’s a lot of phones in one series. But based on what has surfaced so far, the 17 Max will have its own distinguishing feature in the lineup. 

Most of what we know so far comes from a steady stream of rumors, along with a few related reports. Nothing is official yet, but the details have been consistent enough to sketch a fairly clear picture of what Xiaomi might be planning.

An 8,000mAh battery is the headline feature

If there’s one spec that defines the Xiaomi 17 Max right now, it’s the battery.

According to multiple leaks, the phone will pack an 8,000mAh battery. That’s bigger than the already substantial 7,500mAh unit inside the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max. 

More importantly, none of the flagships from brands like Samsung or Apple come close to this capacity. So it’s not difficult to imagine Xiaomi marketing this around multi-day usage, heavy gaming, or extended video streaming without worrying about a charger.

Xiaomi could pair this with 100W wired charging and 50W wireless charging. These numbers are in line with the Pro Max model, which also supports 100W wired and 50W wireless charging, along with 22.5W reverse wireless charging.

Big display, flat panel

The “Max” name also points to a large screen, and leaks back that up. According to reports, it will feature a flat OLED display measuring either 6.8 inches or 6.9 inches. For context, the Pro Max also features a 6.9-inch 2K 120Hz OLED panel. 

One of the clearer differentiators within the Xiaomi 17 lineup is the presence of a secondary rear display on the Pro and Pro Max models. The 17 Max, despite its name, will not include this feature.

Xiaomi 17
Xiaomi 17

Multiple comments from Digital Chat Station suggest that the 17 Max will skip the rear-facing secondary screen. Instead, its design is said to be closer to the standard Xiaomi 17.

This decision likely serves two purposes. First, it helps Xiaomi maintain a clear hierarchy in the lineup. The Pro Max can keep its more experimental design elements, while the Max focuses on battery and scale. Second, it probably keeps costs and complexity down.

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 inside

Under the hood, the Xiaomi 17 Max is likely to use the same chipset as the rest of the Xiaomi 17 series, i.e., the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5. That would place it on equal footing with the Xiaomi 17, 17 Pro, and 17 Pro Max in terms of raw performance. 

For users, that means the 17 Max should handle demanding games, heavy multitasking, and AI features just as well as its siblings. The real differences will likely come down to battery capacity, camera configuration, and design.

Cameras

As for the optics, early leaks suggest that the Xiaomi 17 Max might borrow the OmniVision Light Fusion 950 primary camera from the standard Xiaomi 17, while improving overall photography performance. It was also tipped to include a periscope telephoto lens that could outperform most models in the series, excluding the 17 Ultra.

More recent information, however, suggests that the 17 Max could feature a 200-megapixel Samsung ISOCELL HPE main sensor (1/1.4-inch), paired with a 50-megapixel Sony IMX8-series periscope telephoto sensor (1/1.953-inch) and a 50-megapixel ultrawide lens.

If accurate, this would be a noticeable step up from the vanilla Xiaomi 17, which reportedly uses three 50-megapixel sensors for main, telephoto, and ultrawide shots. There’s also mention that Xiaomi’s partnership with Leica will continue on the 17 Max. 

It’s worth noting that these two sets of camera leaks don’t perfectly match. Either Xiaomi adjusted the prototype configuration over time, or one of the reports reflects an earlier engineering sample. 

Until official confirmation arrives, it’s safest to assume the 17 Max will sit above the standard 17 in camera capability, but below the 17 Ultra.

Where it fits in the lineup

Even with five models in the lineup, Xiaomi has a way to create specific identities for each device.

  • The Xiaomi 17 is the standard flagship.
  • The 17 Pro and 17 Pro Max add design elements like the secondary rear display.
  • The 17 Ultra likely remains the photography-focused halo product.
  • The 17 Max might prioritize battery capacity and scale, while still offering high-end performance and strong cameras.

In some ways, the 17 Max feels like a hybrid between the standard model and the Pro Max. It may inherit much of the Pro Max’s hardware — including the Snapdragon chip and fast charging — but with a more restrained design and an even larger battery.

Launch timeline and availability

As for timing, the Xiaomi 17 Max is rumored to launch in China in Q2 2026, likely in April. The timeframe places it alongside other expected flagship launches in China, including devices like the Vivo X300s and Oppo Find X9s.

Global availability is less certain. Current speculation suggests Xiaomi may only bring the Xiaomi 17 and Xiaomi 17 Ultra to international markets. If that holds, the 17 Max could remain a China-exclusive model.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Tech enthusiast? Get the latest news first! Follow our Telegram channel and subscribe to our free newsletter for your daily tech fix! ⚡

The post Xiaomi 17 Max Roundup: Design, Display, Camera, Performance, and More appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi 17 and Ultra price leak suggests up to 23% hike

Xiaomi 17

Xiaomi’s next flagship phones may already have a price tag in India, months before their expected debut. According to tipster Abhishek Yadav, the series could start at Rs 80,000 for the standard Xiaomi 17, while the Xiaomi 17 Ultra may land at Rs 1,25,000 in the country. 

No surprises, Xiaomi hasn’t confirmed these numbers, and as with most early leaks, they should be taken cautiously. Still, the pricing suggests Xiaomi is preparing to move further into ultra-premium territory in India.

For context, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra launched at Rs 1,09,999 for the single 16GB + 512GB variant. The regular Xiaomi 15, meanwhile, had a starting price of Rs 64,999 for the 12GB + 512GB model. 

If the leak is true, the standard Xiaomi 17 would see a 23% increase over its predecessor, while the Ultra model would see a 14% hike. 

What could Xiaomi be thinking?

Xiaomi has spent the last few years refining its premium image in India, particularly with its Ultra lineup. At ₹1,25,000, the Xiaomi 17 Ultra wouldn’t just be competing on specs; it would be competing on brand perception, software polish, long-term updates, and ecosystem value. Those are areas where Samsung and Apple have historically had an edge.

Another factor affecting the price is the ongoing memory shortage that has driven up consumer device prices. Phones, of course, are one of those commodities. 

Xiaomi 17 Ultra

Meanwhile, the Xiaomi 17 itself appears to be confirmed for India. The device recently surfaced on the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) certification database, a common sign that a launch is in the pipeline. 

As for timing, the Xiaomi 17 and Xiaomi 17 Ultra are expected to follow a similar launch window to last year’s Xiaomi 15 series. According to earlier information from the same tipster, Xiaomi could unveil the new models around March 2026. 

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Tech enthusiast? Get the latest news first! Follow our Telegram channel and subscribe to our free newsletter for your daily tech fix! ⚡

The post Xiaomi 17 and Ultra price leak suggests up to 23% hike appeared first on Gizmochina.

Nothing Phone (4a) runs Geekbench with Snapdragon chip and 12GB RAM

Nothing Phone (3a)

Nothing has begun setting the stage for its next midrange phones. The company recently confirmed the Phone (4a) series through CEO Carl Pei, and shortly after that, it teased new color options. Now, the standard Nothing Phone (4a) has appeared on Geekbench ahead of the launch. 

Nothing Phone (4a) Geekbench

The benchmark reveals that the Phone (4a) will run on Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 7s Gen 4, just a step up from the Snapdragon 7s Gen 3 on its predecessor. 

The chip features an octa-core CPU setup with one core clocked at 2.71GHz, three cores at 2.40GHz, and four efficiency cores running at 1.80GHz. Meanwhile, graphics duties are handled by the Adreno 810 GPU. 

Moreover, the tested unit on Geekbench comes with 12GB of RAM. But of course, Nothing may offer lower RAM variants at launch. Software-side is handled by Android 16 out of the box. 

As for the benchmark score, the Phone (4a) ran the AI benchmark with a single-precision score of 707, a high-precision score of 1077, and a 1265 quantized score. 

At this point, Geekbench results don’t tell the whole story. They don’t reveal anything about the display, camera system, battery size, or charging speeds. But they do confirm that Nothing is sticking with a capable midrange chip and pairing it with a relatively high amount of RAM.

The Phone (4a) will launch with the (4a) Pro and even an affordable pair of headphones, called the Headphone (a)

Unfortunately, though, there’s talk of a price increase this time around. Previous reports suggest upcoming Nothing phones could be 30% more expensive due to the ongoing DRAM shortage. 

We will know more when the device launches. Speaking of which, the new products are expected to launch in March, though Nothing hasn’t officially confirmed the date yet.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Via)

The post Nothing Phone (4a) runs Geekbench with Snapdragon chip and 12GB RAM appeared first on Gizmochina.

Gmktec launches NucBox G3 Pro Mini PC globally with Intel i3-10110U, up to 64GB RAM

Gmktec NucBox G3 Pro

Gmktec has launched the NucBox G3 Pro mini PC for global markets, following its earlier debut in China. The compact desktop targets users looking for an affordable and efficient system for everyday productivity, media consumption, and home server use.

Gmktec NucBox G3 Pro Specifications

The NucBox G3 Pro runs on a 10th Gen Intel Core i3-10110U processor with two cores and four threads. The chip clocks at 2.1GHz and reaches up to 4.1GHz with Turbo Boost. Gmktec allows power tuning with three thermal profiles: Silent Mode at 8W, Balanced Mode at 10W, and Performance Mode at 15W. The CPU is paired with Intel UHD Graphics, which enables dual HDMI output at up to 4K resolution.

The mini PC is available in several configurations. The barebone model ships without RAM or storage, while prebuilt variants include 8GB RAM with a 256GB SSD and 16GB RAM with a 512GB SSD. It houses two SO-DIMM DDR4 slots supporting up to 64GB of memory and dual M.2 slots for storage expansion. One M.2 slot supports PCIe 3.0 x4 drives up to 8TB, and the other supports SATA 3.0 drives up to 1TB.

Gmktec NucBox G3 Pro

For connectivity, the G3 Pro includes Wi-Fi 6 (RTL8852BE), Bluetooth 5.2, and a 2.5G Ethernet port (Intel i226). The front panel includes two USB 3.2 Gen1 ports and a power button. The rear panel features two more USB 3.2 Gen1 ports, dual HDMI 1.4 outputs, a 3.5mm audio jack, and a DC input.

For cooling, the device comes with a single-fan and copper heat pipe cooling solution to maintain low temperatures during use. The mini PC supports dual 4K output at up to 24Hz and comes in a small chassis measuring 114 x 106 x 44mm.

The unit weighs around 280 grams and includes VESA mount support. Gmktec states the fan noise stays below 38dB during use. The NucBox G3 Pro supports Windows 11 Pro and major Linux distributions.

Pricing and Availability

The NucBox G3 Pro starts at $169.99 for the barebone model (regularly $309.99). The 8GB + 256GB version is priced at $239.99, and the 16GB + 512GB configuration sells for $299.99.

In related news, Thunderobot has recently launched the Mix Pro II Mini PC featuring Intel Core Ultra 200H processors, a glass design, and ARGB lighting, while Beelink has unveiled the SER10 Max Mini PC powered by the Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 chip, offering 86 TOPS of AI performance, DDR5 memory, and USB4 connectivity.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

(Gmktec)

The post Gmktec launches NucBox G3 Pro Mini PC globally with Intel i3-10110U, up to 64GB RAM appeared first on Gizmochina.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review: Big Battery, AI Features and a Brilliant OLED Display

Asus-Vivobook-S14-M3407-Review

If you’ve ever wanted a no-nonsense Windows laptop that feels as sleek and sharp as a MacBook Air but with a dash of futureproof AI acceleration, the Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407KA) might be exactly what you’re looking for.

I’ve been using this machine, powered by the AMD Ryzen AI 7 350, for everything from work to light gaming, and I can say with confidence: this is a seriously competent ultraportable that doesn’t just chase trends. It builds a practical, intelligent foundation for the next generation of computing.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

Design and Build Quality

The Vivobook S14 might not be the flashiest device in the room, but it blends in well. The Matte Gray finish on my unit looks subdued and classy, with a CNC-engraved chrome Asus Vivobook logo that adds a bit of character without drawing too much attention. The overall design feels clean and minimal, and it does not attract fingerprints the way some glossier ZenBooks tend to.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review
Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

It weighs just 1.4 kg and measures about 15.9 mm in thickness, which makes it easy to carry around in a backpack. Despite the lightweight design, the build feels solid. There is no flex in the keyboard deck, no noticeable screen wobble, and the hinge supports a full 180-degree lay-flat design. Asus also meets MIL STD 810H military-grade durability standards, which adds confidence when using the laptop in cafes or during travel assignments.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

Display

The 14-inch OLED panel with thin bezels on this laptop looks excellent. Asus labels it as a Lumina OLED display, a panel technology used across several of its professional laptops. The 1920×1200 resolution, combined with a 16:10 aspect ratio, works well for productivity. Text appears sharp, colors look vibrant without appearing exaggerated, and black levels are deep, as expected from an OLED panel.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

Asus claims support for 1.07 billion colors and full 100% DCI P3 color gamut coverage, making the display suitable for casual creative work such as photo editing and light color grading. Since this model is not aimed at gaming, it features a standard 60Hz refresh rate.

For eye comfort, the display supports low blue light hardware certification and DC Dimming. This avoids PWM flicker at lower brightness levels and helps reduce eye strain during extended work sessions or nighttime use.

Brightness peaks at around 300-400 nits, which is suitable for indoor use and remains usable outdoors as long as direct sunlight is avoided. The display uses a glossy finish, so reflections are visible at times, but Asus includes an anti-reflective coating to reduce glare.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

To be honest, the Vivobook S14’s display is class-leading for its segment. Many competitors at similar prices offer only IPS LCDs (often lower resolution or lower color gamut), whereas Asus has made OLED more accessible. The only trade-offs to be aware of are the typical ones with OLED: potential image retention if static content is left for hours. However, Asus mitigates this with pixel shifting and a screensaver timeout.

But this is a minor issue in day-to-day use. Having such a high-quality panel on a laptop geared at students and working professionals means you get an ultra-portable device that’s excellent for watching movies, doing creative hobby work, or simply enjoying a beautiful Windows UI every day. It’s a big selling point for the Vivobook S14.

Ports and Connectivity

Asus equips the Vivobook S14 with a well-balanced selection of ports. It includes two USB-C 3.2 Gen 1 ports that support both charging and DisplayPort output, along with two USB-A ports for older peripherals, a full-size HDMI 2.1 port, and a 3.5 mm audio jack.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review
Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

The laptop omits an SD or microSD card slot, which could disappoint creators and photographers, but overall, it covers the essentials without the need for extra adapters.

Wireless performance is equally solid. With Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.3, I didn’t face any hiccups during my use, whether it was pairing devices or maintaining a stable connection across tasks.

Keyboard and Trackpad

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

Typing on this laptop feels comfortable and precise. The keyboard provides 1.7 mm of travel, which is impressive for a thin and light device. Each key offers a quiet yet tactile response, and the deck feels solid enough to support extended writing sessions without flex. I have typed entire articles, including this one, without needing an external keyboard. It also includes a backlight for easier use in dim environments.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

The trackpad is spacious, smooth, and highly responsive. Its large surface area takes a little getting used to, and I initially experienced a few accidental palm touches, though it quickly became manageable. Palm rejection could use minor improvement, but it does not interfere with regular use. Clicks feel slightly firm near the edges, while tap-to-click functions accurately. Multi-finger gestures such as three-finger swipes, four-finger taps, and pinch to zoom are well supported and work seamlessly.

Benchmarks

Here’s how the Vivobook S14 (Ryzen AI 7 350, Radeon 860M) performed in my benchmarking suite:

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review
  • PCMark 10: 7,490 overall – Fast and fluid in day-to-day use.
  • Cinebench R23: 1,957 (single) / 16,233 (multi) – Stellar single-core, strong multi-core.
  • Geekbench 6: 2,856 (single) / 11,027 (multi) – Reinforces its everyday snappiness.
  • 3DMark Time Spy: 1,961 overall – OK for integrated graphics.
  • 3DMark Steel Nomad Light: 1,452 – Shows limitations for modern AAA gaming.
  • Geekbench AI (quantized): 7,935 – Impressive for on-device AI tasks.
  • CrystalDiskMark: 6,752 MB/s read / 3,683 MB/s write – Fast Gen 4 SSD, no slowdowns.
Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review
Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

These numbers put it in solid upper-midrange territory, above budget machines and well into premium thin-and-light territory without costing flagship money.

AI and Performance

This is where the Vivobook starts to separate itself. The Ryzen AI 7 350 features an XDNA NPU capable of 50 TOPS, and that matters, especially as Windows 11 leans into AI integration. Copilot, background blur in video calls, real-time translation, and local AI summarization all run smoother and more efficiently on this chip than on older CPU or GPU-bound systems.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

And it is not just theoretical. I used AI-powered features in Office apps, Windows Studio Effects, and several local applications that benefit from NPU offload, and they consistently performed without any issues. The advantage lies in the quiet and efficient operation, as AI tasks happen seamlessly in the background without draining the battery or triggering fan noise.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

In terms of raw performance, the laptop never felt limited during everyday workloads. It handled heavy Chrome sessions, 1080p video editing, large WordPress dashboards, and even moderate gaming with ease.

Gaming

No, this isn’t a gaming laptop. But the Radeon 860M GPU with RDNA 3.5 architecture is surprisingly capable for an integrated chip. I tested a few titles:

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review
  • Valorant: 170-230 fps (Low settings, 1080p)
  • Genshin Impact: 60 fps (Low), 20-25 fps (High)
  • PUBG: ~50 fps (Lowest settings)

These aren’t groundbreaking numbers, but for an ultrabook? Very respectable. If you’re into casual gaming, this can hold its own.

Thermal and Fan Performance

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

Asus has done an excellent job with thermal management on this laptop. Even during benchmarks or light gaming, the fans never became noticeably loud. Most of the time, they stayed silent, especially when running in Standard or Whisper mode. When pushed in Performance mode, fan noise hovered around 38 dB, producing a low whoosh rather than a distracting sound.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

Temperatures remained in the 75s °C range under load, with very little heat buildup across the chassis. After a Valorant session, the keyboard area felt only slightly warm, and the palm rest stayed cool. This efficiency comes from the dual fan cooling system that Asus adapted from its higher wattage designs, which provides more cooling headroom than the chip actually requires.

Battery Life, Sound, and Camera

Asus claims up to 23 hours of battery life, and while I did not reach that exact figure, I consistently achieved around 10 to 12 hours in real-world use. For my workflow of writing, browsing, streaming music, and light photo editing, I only needed to charge it every other day. When recharging was necessary, the 65W USB-C fast charging brought the battery back to 50% in under 40 minutes.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

Audio performance is solid for a thin and light laptop. The stereo speakers deliver clear sound at high volume levels without noticeable distortion. Bass is limited, as expected, but the output remains crisp enough for calls, videos, and casual music playback. Asus’s Audio Booster tuning adds a bit of warmth and depth. For critical listening, headphones are still preferable, but the built-in speakers perform well for everyday use.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

The 1080p webcam also performs well. It supports Windows Hello facial recognition through an IR sensor, enabling quick and reliable logins. Video quality is good enough under good lighting conditions, and the built-in microphone array captures voices clearly for online meetings. It may not rival dedicated webcams in sharpness, but with AI background blur and enhancements, it handles video calls effectively and without any issues.

Storage and Upgradability

The Vivobook S14 delivers impressive storage performance with its PCIe Gen 4 SSD. The review unit I tested featured a 512GB NVMe PCIe 4.0 drive, while Asus also offers a 1TB option depending on the configuration. Sequential read speeds exceeded 6,700 MB/s, and write speeds reached around 3,600 MB/s in testing. These results translate into fast app launches, smooth multitasking, and quick file access.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

For memory, the laptop comes with 16GB of DDR5 RAM onboard, which is fast and efficient for daily productivity and creative workloads. Unlike many ultrabooks, Asus includes a DDR5 SO-DIMM slot for future upgrades, allowing users to expand memory beyond 16 GB if required.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

The storage is also user accessible via a standard M.2 2280 PCIe 4.0×4 slot, making it possible to replace or expand the SSD later. This mix of soldered and upgradable components gives the Vivobook S14 more flexibility than most thin and light laptops in its class.

Verdict

After spending more than two weeks with the Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407), it is clear that this is one of the most balanced ultrabooks in its category. It does not aim to be a creator’s workstation or a gaming powerhouse, but it delivers strongly on the essentials: productivity, portability, battery life, and AI readiness.

Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review

The combination of Ryzen AI 7 350 processor and its integrated NPU makes it future-ready for AI-assisted tasks, while the OLED display and comfortable keyboard make daily use enjoyable and efficient.

It starts at Rs. 78,990 for this variant in India, and for students, bloggers, professionals, and anyone who values responsiveness, battery endurance, and a great screen over high-end graphics performance, this laptop is a strong fit.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

The post Asus Vivobook S14 (M3407) Review: Big Battery, AI Features and a Brilliant OLED Display appeared first on Gizmochina.

Infinix Note 60 Ultra’s Dimensity 8-series chip, 12GB RAM revealed via Geekbench listing spotted

Infinix Note 60 Ultra arriving in 2026

Infinix appears to be preparing the launch of the Note 60 Ultra, the top-end model in the upcoming Note 60 lineup. The device was recently listed on the Carlcare service platform, which revealed its model number X6877, and now the same handset has surfaced on Geekbench. Here’s a look at the details that have emerged through the listing.

Infinix Note 60 Ultra Geekbench listing

As per the Geekbench listing, the device is powered by the Dimensity 8400 Ultimate chipset. As usual, the chipset’s name is not mentioned in the listing, but the technical details available in it are sufficient to state that it features the said chipset. The processor configuration includes one core clocked at 3.25GHz, three cores operating at 3GHz, and four efficiency cores running at 2.10GHz. For graphics, it features the Mali-G720 MC7 GPU.

In terms of benchmark performance, the phone achieved 1609 points in the single-core test and 6762 points in the multi-core test on Geekbench 6.5. The listing also confirms that the device includes 12GB of RAM and runs Android 16 out of the box.

Infinix Note 60 Ultra specifications (rumored)

Rumors surrounding the Infinix Note 60 Ultra suggest it may feature a 144Hz AMOLED display and a 200-megapixel primary camera, along with Infinix XOS 16 software. The handset is also expected to include a 7,000mAh battery supporting 100W wired charging and 30W wireless charging.

Additionally, reports hint that the Note 60 Ultra will support two-way satellite communication. Infinix’s collaboration with Italian design house Pininfarina indicates that the device may adopt a more premium design approach compared to previous Note series models. The Carlcare service platform listing has also revealed that the Note 60 Ultra could arrive in two storage configurations, namely 12GB+256GB and 12GB+512GB.

The Note 60 series also include the Note 60 and Note 60 Pro. Previously seen Geekbench listings have indicated that these devices will be powered by the Dimensity 7400 Ultimate and Snapdragon 7s Gen 4 chipsets respectively, positioning the Ultra variant as the most powerful option in the lineup.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

(via)

The post Infinix Note 60 Ultra’s Dimensity 8-series chip, 12GB RAM revealed via Geekbench listing spotted appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi Tag Tracker Appears on EU Retailers, Supports Apple Find My and Google Find Hub

Xiaomi Tag

Xiaomi is preparing to launch its first Bluetooth item tracker, the Xiaomi Tag, with retail listings already appearing across European markets before official confirmation.

Xiaomi Tag
Xiaomi Tag

As reported by WinFuture, the Xiaomi Tag has surfaced on Xiaomi’s UK and France online stores and through third-party retailers. French pricing stands at €17.99 per unit, though some sellers offer it below €15. A four-pack costs €59.99, reducing the per-unit price to approximately €15.

The tracker measures 7.2mm thick and operates on a replaceable CR2032 battery rated for one year of use. Its plastic housing will launch in white only, according to current listings.

The Xiaomi Tag supports Bluetooth 5.4 and NFC connectivity, integrating with both Apple’s Find My network and Google’s Find Hub. This dual-platform compatibility allows iOS and Android users to track tagged items through their respective ecosystems.

Xiaomi Tag
Xiaomi Tag

Current specifications notably exclude UltraWideBand technology, despite earlier evidence suggesting UWB support in HyperOS software code. This omission has prompted speculation about a potential premium variant featuring UWB for enhanced precision tracking.

Xiaomi has not announced a launch date, though the Tag could arrive alongside new hardware ahead of MWC 2026 in early March.

The tracker’s compatibility with established networks from Apple and Google removes barriers to adoption, allowing users to leverage existing infrastructure rather than relying on a proprietary Xiaomi network.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(via: WinFuture)

The post Xiaomi Tag Tracker Appears on EU Retailers, Supports Apple Find My and Google Find Hub appeared first on Gizmochina.

Asus launches ROG Kithara open-back gaming headset with 100mm planar drivers and HIFIMAN tuning

Asus is stepping a little outside its usual gaming headset formula with the new ROG Kithara. Instead of focusing on RGB lighting or wireless features, this one leans heavily into sound quality, and it does so with help from HIFIMAN, a brand better known in audiophile circles than esports arenas.

The Kithara is an open-back headset built around large 100mm planar magnetic drivers. That alone makes it unusual in the gaming space, where dynamic drivers are far more common. At $299, the Kithara is clearly aimed at enthusiasts rather than casual players.

The headset uses a fully open-back design, which helps create a wider, more natural soundstage. That can be useful for competitive games where spatial awareness matters, but it also means there’s no isolation.

Asus claims a frequency response of 8Hz to 55kHz, which is wider than human hearing, but the real takeaway is likely the tuning. It’s expected to offer a fairly balanced sound signature with good separation between bass, mids, and treble. In theory, that should make footsteps and directional cues easier to pick out without muddying everything with exaggerated low-end.

Unlike many gaming headsets, the Kithara includes a 4.4mm balanced connector, alongside standard 3.5mm and 6.3mm options, plus a USB-C adapter. The detachable boom mic uses MEMS technology and covers a typical 20Hz to 20kHz range.

The frame uses metal in key areas, including hinges and headband supports, and extra earpads are included in the box. At around 420 grams, it’s not lightweight. That’s often the trade-off with planar designs. Whether it feels comfortable over longer sessions will depend on head shape and tolerance for weight.

Reportedly, there’s no wireless mode, no active noise cancellation, and no flashy lighting. That may disappoint some ROG fans, but it seems intentional. Asus seems to be prioritizing sound over features this time.

A Different Direction for ROG

The ROG Kithara feels less like a traditional gaming headset and more like a crossover product. It’s positioned somewhere between an audiophile headphone and a competitive gaming too

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source)

The post Asus launches ROG Kithara open-back gaming headset with 100mm planar drivers and HIFIMAN tuning appeared first on Gizmochina.

ColorOS 16 February 2026 Update: Popout Feature, Reflection Removal, and PowerPoint Translation

ColorOS 16

OPPO has added a new set of features and improvements to ColorOS 16 for February 2026. This is not a major software upgrade, but a feature update focused on the Photos app and productivity tools. The goal is to improve editing, document handling, and file security.

The Photos app gets several upgrades. The new Popout feature creates a layered effect by separating the main subject from the background. This makes people or objects stand out more clearly in a photo. It works directly inside the gallery, so users do not need any third party apps.

The AI Eraser has also been improved. It now removes unwanted objects with fewer visible marks left behind. Edited areas look cleaner and more natural. The Remove Reflections tool has been upgraded as well. It reduces glare in document photos and portraits, including reflections on glasses, for clearer results.

OPPO has also introduced a limited time New Year Watermark themed around the Year of the Horse. Users can find it by going to Photos App > Select Photo > Edit > Watermark. The feature is available from February 6, 2026 to March 3, 2026. It requires OS version 13.1 and above, and Photos App version 15.75.0 and above. The feature is available in Indonesia, Malaysia, and the Philippines. The Photos app can be updated through the App Market if needed.

On the productivity side, ColorOS 16 now supports PowerPoint translation. Users can translate entire presentations into multiple languages while keeping the original formatting. The feature allows users to view the original and translated text side by side and export the translated file.

The Private Safe feature has also been improved. Adding images and files is now faster, making it easier to store sensitive content securely.

These February 2026 features will roll out in phases from February 6 to February 28. Supported devices include OPPO Find X9 Pro, OPPO Find X9, OPPO Find X8 Pro, OPPO Find X8, OPPO Find N5, OPPO Reno14 Pro 5G, and OPPO Reno14 5G. Rollout timing may vary by device and region.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!

(Source)

The post ColorOS 16 February 2026 Update: Popout Feature, Reflection Removal, and PowerPoint Translation appeared first on Gizmochina.

Vivo X300 vs OPPO Find X9: Same Price, But One Clearly Wins

vivo x300 vs oppo find x9

Choosing between two flagship phones at the same price is never simple, especially when both promise top-tier performance, premium design, and next-gen cameras. The Vivo X300 and OPPO Find X9 sit in the same price bracket, target the same premium buyers, and even share the same chipset. But their priorities are different. One leans heavily into ultra-high-resolution photography and display brightness, while the other focuses on battery endurance and cinematic video features.

For buyers spending around $650 (₹76,000), this comparison matters. The real question isn’t which phone is powerful; both are, but which one better fits daily habits, content style, and long-term usage needs.

Major Features:

FeatureVivo X300OPPO Find X9Winner
BuildGlass front & back, aluminum alloy frameGlass front (Gorilla Glass 7i), glass back, aluminum frameOPPO – Gorilla Glass 7i + higher Mohs level
Water ResistanceIP68/IP69IP68/IP69Tie – Same rating
Display TypeLTPO AMOLED, 120HzAMOLED, 120HzVivo – LTPO advantage
Peak Brightness4500 nits3600 nitsVivo – Higher peak brightness
PWM Dimming2160Hz3840HzOPPO – Higher PWM frequency
HDR SupportHDR10+, HDR VividDolby Vision, HDR10+, HDR VividOPPO – Adds Dolby Vision
ChipsetDimensity 9500 (3nm)Dimensity 9500 (3nm)Tie – Same chipset
Storage TypeUFS 4.1UFS 4.1Tie – Same
Main Camera200MP (1/1.4″), OIS50MP (1/1.4″), OISVivo – Higher resolution
Telephoto50MP 3x periscope50MP 3x periscopeTie – Similar specs
Ultrawide50MP50MPTie – Same resolution
Video Features4K@120fps HDR4K@120fps, 10-bit, Dolby Vision, LOGOPPO – More advanced video formats
Selfie Camera50MP AF32MPVivo – Higher resolution + AF
Bluetooth5.46.0OPPO – Newer version
Battery (Global)6040mAh7025mAhOPPO – Larger capacity
Wired Charging90W80WVivo – Faster wired
Wireless Charging40W50WOPPO – Faster wireless
Reverse WirelessNo (reverse wired only)10W reverse wirelessOPPO – Reverse wireless support
Price~$650 / ₹76,000~$650 / ₹76,000Tie – Same price

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Design and Display

Build and Feel

The Vivo X300 uses glass on both sides with an aluminum alloy frame and IP68/IP69 protection. It feels sleek and compact, making daily handling easier. The OPPO Find X9 also offers glass and aluminum construction, but adds Gorilla Glass 7i for improved scratch resistance. Both look premium, though Vivo feels more refined while OPPO gives off a sturdier impression.

Display Quality

Vivo offers a 6.31-inch LTPO AMOLED panel with a 120Hz refresh rate and an impressive 4500-nit peak brightness. OPPO features a larger 6.59-inch AMOLED display with Dolby Vision, 3840Hz PWM dimming, and 3600-nit peak brightness. Vivo leads in brightness, but OPPO’s Dolby Vision and higher PWM dimming enhance media comfort.

Verdict

Vivo wins for brightness and compact feel, while OPPO offers better durability and cinematic display support.

Specifications 

Performance

Both phones run Android 16 on the MediaTek Dimensity 9500 (3nm) with up to 1TB UFS 4.1 storage. Performance, gaming, and multitasking should feel equally smooth. With five major Android updates promised, longevity is strong on both sides. Real-world speed differences will be minimal.

Battery and Charging

OPPO clearly leads in battery capacity with 7025mAh and 80W wired plus 50W wireless charging. Vivo offers 6040mAh (global) with faster 90W wired and 40W wireless charging. Vivo charges slightly faster, but OPPO should last longer on a single charge. Endurance matters more for heavy users.

Verdict

Performance is tied, but OPPO takes this section due to its significantly larger battery.

Camera

Main and Secondary Lenses

Vivo features a 200MP main camera with Zeiss optics, supported by 50MP telephoto and ultrawide lenses. It focuses on extreme detail and sharpness. OPPO uses three 50MP sensors with Hasselblad color tuning and supports 10-bit LOG and Dolby Vision video. Vivo feels sharper for photos, while OPPO is stronger for professional-style video.

Selfie Camera

Vivo includes a 50MP autofocus selfie camera with 4K recording. OPPO offers a 32MP front camera with 4K support but no autofocus. Vivo delivers better clarity and focus for selfies.

Verdict

Vivo is better for high-resolution photography and selfies. OPPO is better for advanced video creators.

Pricing

Both phones are priced around $650 (₹76,000). At this level, buyers expect flagship performance and premium features. Vivo justifies the price with a 200MP camera and ultra-bright display. OPPO counters with a massive battery and Dolby Vision support. The value depends on whether camera detail or battery life is the priority.

Verdict

Both offer strong value, but OPPO offers slightly more hardware advantages at the same price.

Disclaimer:
Prices are approximate and may vary based on country, region, and applicable taxes.

Conclusion

Vivo stands out with its 200MP camera, Zeiss optics, and brighter LTPO display. OPPO distinguishes itself with a 7025mAh battery, Dolby Vision display and video, and Hasselblad color calibration. Vivo feels photography-focused, while OPPO feels built for endurance and multimedia.

Final Verdict

Overall, the OPPO Find X9 is the better choice. It matches Vivo in performance, delivers longer battery life, supports advanced video features, and maintains flagship display quality at the same price. Vivo remains an excellent option for photography lovers, but OPPO offers a more balanced package for most users.


Read More:

The post Vivo X300 vs OPPO Find X9: Same Price, But One Clearly Wins appeared first on Gizmochina.

One UI 8.5 will be the last feature update for these Galaxy devices

One UI 8.5 last update device list
One UI 8.5 last update device list

Samsung will debut One UI 8.5 (based on Android 16 QPR2) later this month with the Galaxy S26 series. Soon, the new software will begin rolling out to older Galaxy devices. Unfortunately, this is going to be the last feature update for many Samsung devices, which includes devices across every Galaxy lineup.

In this post, we’ve curated a list of Galaxy devices that will receive One UI 8.5 as their last feature-packed update. This also means they won’t receive One UI 9 and future One UI updates. However, that doesn’t mean the end of the road for them as they will continue to receive security patches for a while, but without the latest features or upgrades.

No more feature updates beyond One UI 8.5 for these Samsung devices

  • Galaxy S22
  • Galaxy S22+
  • Galaxy S22 Ultra
  • Galaxy S21 FE
  • Galaxy Z Fold 4
  • Galaxy Z Flip 4
  • Galaxy A73 5G
  • Galaxy A53
  • Galaxy A33
  • Galaxy M05
  • Galaxy F14
  • Galaxy F05
  • Galaxy XCover 6 Pro
  • Galaxy Tab S8
  • Galaxy Tab S8+
  • Galaxy Tab S8 Ultra
  • Galaxy Tab A9
  • Galaxy Tab A9+

To clarify, Samsung hasn’t yet announced which Galaxy devices will receive the One UI 8.5 update. However, it’s almost certain to reach every Galaxy device that received the One UI 8.0 update or launched with it. Based on that, we’ve prepared the above list.

If your Samsung device is on the list, it will soon become ineligible for future One UI releases, including One UI 9, which is expected to be released in the second half of 2026. To ensure you do not miss out on the latest features and upgrades, you will need to upgrade to a newer model. Don’t forget to check out the list of Samsung devices that promise seven major OS updates, six major OS updates, or four major OS updates to find a reliable option that will stay relevant for years to come.

Also read: Samsung One UI 8.5: Here’s everything you need to know

We’ll keep updating you with the latest developments around One UI in our Samsung section. You can visit the section regularly for the latest updates, or join our Telegram channel to get instant notifications about the latest happenings in tech.

The post One UI 8.5 will be the last feature update for these Galaxy devices appeared first on Gizmochina.

Lenovo announces Xiaoxin Pro GT 13, its largest 3.5K tablet display yet

Lenovo-Xiaoxin-Pro-GT-13-tablet-display

Lenovo has officially announced the Xiaoxin Pro GT 13 as the biggest screen tablet in the Xiaoxin series.

As the name suggests, the headline feature is the 13-inch panel with a 3504 × 2190 resolution and a 16:10 aspect ratio. That works out to a 3.5K resolution and a pixel density of 319 PPI, making it also the highest-resolution screen on a Xiaoxin tablet. The screen refreshes at 144Hz. 

Moreover, Lenovo says the tablet has a typical brightness of 600 nits and a peak brightness of up to 800 nits. It also offers 12-bit color depth, covers 99 percent of the DCI-P3 color gamut, and supports Dolby Vision for HDR content.

Lenovo says the panel carries its PureSight Pro certification and has TÜV Rheinland certifications for low blue light and flicker-free performance. It has also passed testing by the National Eye Engineering Center, which the company highlights as a sign of eye comfort and display quality.

Lenovo Xiaoxin Pro GT 13 has an understated design

Design-wise, the Xiaoxin Pro GT 13 looks familiar. Teaser images show a back panel that closely resembles the Xiaoxin Pro GT tablet Lenovo released in 2025. One noticeable change is the camera setup. Instead of a dual-camera system, this model uses a single rear camera. Lenovo has confirmed it’s a 13-megapixel sensor.

The tablet will be available in two color options: pink and silver. Both versions feature a matte metallic finish.

What Lenovo hasn’t confirmed yet is the processor. Last year’s model came with the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, so it’s reasonable to expect something in that range again. There’s speculation that it could feature a newer Snapdragon 8 Elite or even the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5, but for now, that remains unannounced.

Lenovo is expected to share more details in the coming days. And as always, we will keep you posted on that. 

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Lenovo announces Xiaoxin Pro GT 13, its largest 3.5K tablet display yet appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi Pad 8, Pad 8 Pro variants, color options leaked before global launch

Xiaomi Pad 8 series teaser-

Xiaomi is rumored to soon hold a global launch event to announce the Xiaomi 17 and 17 Ultra. A new leak, courtesy of tipster Sudhanshu Ambhore, reveals that the Pad 8 lineup will also debut alongside the 17 series. While the specifications of the Pad 8 and Pad 8 Pro are already known since they have been available in the Chinese market for the past few months, the tipster has shared key details about the variants and colour options ahead of their global launch.

Xiaomi Pad 8, Pad 8 Pro configurations, color options

Xiaomi Pad 8 series teaser-
Xiaomi Pad 8 series teaser

The leak reveals that the Xiaomi Pad 8 will be available in 8GB+128GB and 8GB+256GB memory options, whereas the Pad 8 Pro will arrive in variants such as 8GB+256GB and 12GB+512GB. Both devices will be offered in three shades, including blue, grey, and green.

Xiaomi Pad 8, Pad 8 Pro specifications

The Xiaomi Pad 8 and Pad 8 Pro are expected to feature an 11.2-inch LCD panel that supports a 3.2K resolution, a 3:2 aspect ratio, a 144Hz refresh rate, and 800 nits of peak brightness. The Pad 8 has the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chip and supports 45W charging, a 13-megapixel rear camera, and an 8-megapixel front camera.

On the other hand, the Snapdragon 8 Elite-powered Pad 8 Pro offers 67W charging, a 50-megapixel rear camera, and a 32-megapixel front camera. Both devices share other common features, such as a 9,200mAh battery, HyperOS 3-based Android 16, Xiaomi Focus Touch Pen Pro support, PC-grade WPS and CAD support, and a quad-speaker setup.

These devices also offer connectivity features such as Wi-Fi 7, USB-C 3.2 Gen 1, NFC, and an IR blaster. It appears that the devices will lack support for 5G/4G connectivity.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Xiaomi Pad 8, Pad 8 Pro variants, color options leaked before global launch appeared first on Gizmochina.

Vivo V70, V70 Elite price, pre-orders details leaked before February 19 launch

Vivo V70 Elite

Vivo is scheduled to launch the Vivo V70 series on Feb. 19 in India, and the lineup is expected to include two models, the V70 and the V70 Elite. One of the major highlights is that the V70 Elite is tipped to become the company’s first V-series smartphone powered by a Snapdragon 8-series chipset. Ahead of the launch, a new leak has surfaced online revealing possible pricing, storage variants, and pre-order details for the upcoming lineup.

Vivo V70 series price leaked (rumored)

Vivo V70 Elite
Vivo V70 Elite

According to tipster Abhishek Yadav, the Vivo V70 could arrive in two configurations, including 8GB+256GB priced at Rs 45,999 (~$510) and 12GB+256GB at Rs 49,999 (~$555). The device is expected to be offered in Passion Red and Lemon Yellow colour options.

The Vivo V70 Elite, on the other hand, is tipped to start at Rs 51,999 (~$575) for the 8GB+256GB variant, while the 12GB+256GB model may cost Rs 56,999 (~$630) and the 12GB+512GB version could be priced at Rs 61,999 (~$685). The leak also claims that pre-bookings may begin from Feb. 12 and continue until Feb. 24, with sales likely scheduled between Feb. 25 and Feb. 28. A promotional Superweek period is also expected from February 25 to March 3.

For reference, the previous-generation Vivo V60 5G debuted at Rs 38,999 (~$430). The V60 series lineup did not have an Elite variant.

Vivo V70, V70 Elite specifications

The Vivo V70 Elite is said to feature a Snapdragon 8-series chipset, likely the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3, paired with LPDDR5x RAM and UFS 4.1 storage. It may include a 6.59-inch OLED display with 1.5K resolution, along with a 6,500mAh battery and support for 90W fast charging. Camera details suggest a triple rear setup featuring a 50-megapixel primary sensor with OIS, an ultra-wide lens, and a 50-megapixel periscope telephoto camera offering 3x optical zoom and up to 100x digital zoom. For selfies and video calls, the device is expected to feature a 50-megapixel front camera with autofocus.

The standard Vivo V70 is tipped to run on the Snapdragon 7 Gen 4 chipset and may share several display and camera characteristics with the Elite model. Both devices are expected to feature an aluminium alloy frame, IP68/69 dust and water resistance, and OriginOS 6 based on Android with up to six years of software support.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Vivo V70, V70 Elite price, pre-orders details leaked before February 19 launch appeared first on Gizmochina.

OnePlus rolls out OxygenOS 16 update to the last eligible device

OnePlus OxygenOS 16 update rollout
OnePlus OxygenOS 16 update rollout

The OxygenOS 16 update is now rolling out to the last eligible OnePlus device, the OnePlus Pad Lite. This entire rollout has been smooth, which began in early November with high-end devices like the OnePlus Open, OnePlus 13, and gradually expanded to mid-range and cheaper Nord CE models.

As shared by OnePlus in a post on the official community, the OxygenOS 16 update for the OnePlus Pad Lite is tagged with the firmware versions OPD2481_16.0.3.500(EX01) and OPD2480_16.0.3.500(EX01). It’s currently available in India as the initial rollout, but it will soon expand to the remaining regions.

If you’re rocking a OnePlus Pad Lite, navigate to Settings > System & Updates > Software update to manually check for the available update. If it doesn’t show up, you can join the OnePlus Release Candidate Program to reduce the wait time. For this, go to Settings > System & Updates > Software update > Beta Program and tap the “update now” button to download the update.

With the OnePlus Pad Lite now joining the OxygenOS 16 party, there’s no more OnePlus device left to receive this major upgrade. However, note that the rollout progresses in batches, so it may take some time to reach all users across all regions.

To recap, here’s a list of OnePlus devices that have received the OxygenOS 16 update:

  • OnePlus Open
  • OnePlus 13, 13R, 13S
  • OnePlus 12, 12R
  • OnePlus 11, 11R
  • OnePlus 10 Pro
  • OnePlus Nord 5, Nord 4, Nord 3
  • OnePlus Nord CE 5, Nord CE 4, Nord CE 4 Lite 5G
  • OnePlus Pad 3, Pad 2, Pad, Pad Lite

Soon, OxygenOS 16 and Android 16 will become old topics as Google has already been working on its successor, Android 17. In fact, the first beta build could drop as soon as this month. You can read more about Android 17 here.

You can regularly visit the OnePlus section on Gizmochina to know which devices are getting the update. Alternatively, you can join us on Telegram to stay notified about the latest software releases, smartphone launches, AI news, and tech breakthroughs.

The post OnePlus rolls out OxygenOS 16 update to the last eligible device appeared first on Gizmochina.

Truke Bass S2 sleep-focused earphones launched with Rs 499 (~$5) offer price

Truke Bass S2

Truke has launched the Bass S2 sleeping earphones in India, introducing a sleep-focused audio product aimed at comfort and relaxation. Priced aggressively, the earphones highlight a compact in-ear design, soft silicone construction, balanced sound output, and an affordable entry into the sleep audio category. Here is a closer look at the specifications, features, and pricing details.

Truke Bass S2 specifications and features

Truke Bass S2
Truke Bass S2

The Truke Bass S2 is designed specifically for overnight use, focusing on comfort during extended listening sessions. It features an ultra-compact in-ear form factor with a smooth profile intended to reduce pressure while lying down, especially for side sleepers. The earphones are built using skin-friendly silicone materials that aim to provide a secure yet gentle fit during sleep. The lightweight construction and flexible cable design help maintain comfort during movement throughout the night.

Truke Bass S2
Truke Bass S2

In terms of audio performance, the Bass S2 comes equipped with a 13mm driver engineered to deliver clear and balanced sound suitable for calming music, white noise, podcasts, and guided meditation or sleep content. The earphones feature a high-flex TPE cable designed for durability during nightly use and different sleeping positions. The product is primarily focused on passive listening experiences rather than active smart features, making it simple to operate for users seeking distraction-free audio during rest. Its compact design also makes it suitable for travel or quiet listening sessions outside the bedroom.

Truke Bass S2 price and availability

The Truke Bass S2 is priced at Rs 799 in India. As part of the introductory offer, customers can purchase it at Rs 499 (~$5) through the official Truke website until 18th February. The earphones will also be available on Amazon and Flipkart starting Feb. 18, 2026 at the same introductory price. The device currently comes in a Black colour option, while a blue variant is expected to arrive later. With

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Truke Bass S2 sleep-focused earphones launched with Rs 499 (~$5) offer price appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi announces Xiaomi-Robotics-0, its first-generation robot large-scale model

Xiaomi Cyberone robot

Xiaomi is best known for smartphones, smart home gear, and the occasional electric vehicle update. Now it wants a place in robotics research too.

The company has announced Xiaomi-Robotics-0, an open-source vision-language-action (VLA) model with 4.7 billion parameters. It’s designed to combine visual understanding, language comprehension, and real-time action execution, which Xiaomi says are the core of “physical intelligence.” And according to the company, it’s already setting multiple state-of-the-art records in both simulations and real-world tests.

At a high level, robotics models like this solve a closed loop: perception, decision, and execution. A robot needs to see the world, understand what it’s being asked to do, decide on a plan, and then carry it out smoothly. Xiaomi says Robotics-0 was built specifically to balance broad understanding with fine motor control.

The Xiaomi-Robotics-0 model is built on two main components

To do that, the model uses what’s known as a Mixture-of-Transformers (MoT) architecture. It splits responsibilities between two main components.

The first is a Visual Language Model (VLM), which acts as the “brain.” It’s trained to interpret human instructions — including vague ones like “Please fold the towel” — and understand spatial relationships from high-resolution visual input. This part handles object detection, visual question answering, and logical reasoning.

The second component is what Xiaomi calls the Action Expert. This is built around a multi-layer Diffusion Transformer (DiT). Instead of producing a single action at a time, it generates something called an “Action Chunk,” — understand it as a sequence of movements — using flow-matching techniques to keep motion accurate and smooth.

One common issue with VLA models is that when they learn to perform physical actions, they tend to lose some of their original understanding capabilities. Xiaomi says it avoided that by co-training the model on both multimodal data and action data. The result, at least in theory, is a system that can still reason about the world while learning how to move within it.

How is it trained?

The training process happens in stages. First, an “Action Proposal” mechanism forces the VLM to predict possible action distributions while interpreting images. This aligns its internal representation of what it sees with how actions are performed. After that, the VLM is frozen, and the DiT is trained separately to generate accurate action sequences from noise, relying on key-value features rather than discrete language tokens.

Xiaomi also tackled another practical problem called inference latency. It is when delays between model predictions and physical movement can create awkward pauses or unstable behavior. 

Xiaomi says it implemented an asynchronous inference, decoupling model computation from robot operation, so movements remain continuous even if the model takes extra time to think.

To improve stability, Xiaomi is using a “Clean Action Prefix” technique, which feeds the previously predicted action back into the model to ensure smooth, jitter-free motion over time. 

Meanwhile, a Λ-shaped attention mask biases the model toward current visual input instead of relying too heavily on past states. The goal is to make the robot more responsive to sudden environmental changes.

Xiaomi-Robotics-0 Benchmark

In benchmark testing, Xiaomi-Robotics-0 reportedly achieved state-of-the-art results in LIBERO, CALVIN, and SimplerEnv simulations, outperforming around 30 other models. 

More interestingly, Xiaomi deployed it on a dual-arm robot platform in real-world experiments. In long-horizon tasks like folding towels and disassembling building blocks, Xiaomi says the robot demonstrated steady hand-eye coordination and handled both rigid and flexible objects without obvious breakdowns.

Unlike earlier VLA systems that often sacrificed multimodal reasoning once action training began, the Robotics-0 model retains strong visual and language capabilities, especially in tasks that blend perception with physical interaction.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

(Source)

The post Xiaomi announces Xiaomi-Robotics-0, its first-generation robot large-scale model appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi 18 tipped to feature larger display, 200MP periscope telephoto camera

Xiaomi 17 color options

Xiaomi is expected to unveil the Xiaomi 18 series in September in China. Initially, the lineup may include the Xiaomi 18, 18 Pro, and 18 Pro Max, followed by the Xiaomi 18 Ultra’s launch by the end of the year. Today, tipster Digital Chat Station shared a Weibo post revealing key details about the Xiaomi 18.

Xiaomi 18 key details tipped

Xiaomi 18 series leak by DCS

To recall, the Xiaomi 17 and 17 Pro are compact flagship phones equipped with a 6.3-inch display. DCS’s latest leak suggests that the Xiaomi 18’s display size may slightly increase to 6.4 inches while still retaining a compact form factor. It is likely that the Xiaomi 18 Pro may also feature a 6.4-inch display. The inclusion of a larger screen could allow Xiaomi to incorporate more advanced components inside.

Past reports have claimed that the Xiaomi 18 will finally receive a periscope telephoto camera, which would be a major upgrade since its predecessor features a standard telephoto camera. The new leak reveals that not only the Xiaomi 18, but also other models in the series, such as the 18 Pro, 18 Pro Max, and 18 Ultra, may all feature a 200-megapixel periscope telephoto camera.

The tipster has previously claimed that the Xiaomi 18 Pro and 18 Pro Max will feature dual 200-megapixel cameras, possibly for the primary and periscope telephoto sensors. Speaking of the Pro models, these devices are expected to retain a rear-facing secondary display, but it may be more versatile than before.

Moving to the chipset department, early reports suggest that the Xiaomi 18, 18 Pro, and 18 Pro Max may feature the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6. Xiaomi may reserve the more advanced and costlier Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro for the Xiaomi 18 Ultra.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Xiaomi 18 tipped to feature larger display, 200MP periscope telephoto camera appeared first on Gizmochina.

iQOO 15 Ultra draws solid consumer interest after launch, 15,000 units sold in initial three days

iQOO 15 Ultra

The iQOO 15 Ultra debuted in China earlier this month as a performance-focused flagship designed for gaming enthusiasts and power users. Soon after its launch, early market reports began surfacing, offering insight into how the device is performing commercially during its initial sales phase. A newer update that has emerged has revealed that the 15 Ultra has met with an amazing market response.

Early sales performance and demand trends

iQOO 15 Ultra sales report

According to the above-shown tech blogger, the iQOO 15 Ultra reportedly sold out during its first sale cycle, with approximately 15,000 units shipped within the first three days. The data is sourced from third-party tracking and should be considered indicative rather than official. Despite that, the figures suggest healthy initial demand, particularly considering the premium positioning of the device.

DCS’s iQOO 15 Ultra market response Weibo post, which was released soon after the launch

Earlier, tipster Digital Chat Station indicated that early performance of the latest Ultra model exceeded expectations. JD.com platform data reportedly showed that the Ultra variant achieved around 1.5 times the same-period sales compared to the previous Pro model. Sales momentum continued to grow, reaching roughly 2.3 to 2.4 times the second-day growth of the earlier Pro generation. The tipster also highlighted strong interest in higher-memory versions, with the 24GB+1TB configuration seeing notable demand among early buyers.

iQOO 15 Ultra specifications, price

iQOO 15 Ultra
iQOO 15 Ultra

The iQOO 15 Ultra is positioned as a gaming-centric flagship powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset, paired with LPDDR5X Ultra Pro RAM and UFS 4.1 storage. It features a 6.85-inch flat Samsung M14 AMOLED display with 2K resolution and a 144Hz refresh rate, along with advanced touch response capabilities aimed at competitive gaming scenarios. Cooling is handled through an Ice Dome thermal system with active airflow components designed to sustain high performance.

The device runs OriginOS 6 based on Android 16 and includes a triple-camera setup consisting of a 50-megapixel main camera, 50-megapixel ultra-wide lens, and 50-megapixel periscope telephoto camera. Powering the handset is a 7400mAh battery supporting 100W wired and 40W wireless charging.

Pricing in China starts at 5,699 Yuan (~$825) for the 16GB+256GB model and goes up to 7,699 Yuan (~$1,115) for the 24GB+1TB variant. While the iQOO 15 Ultra is a very exciting device for performance enthusiasts, it is unlikely to launch outside China, limiting its global availability despite strong early interest.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post iQOO 15 Ultra draws solid consumer interest after launch, 15,000 units sold in initial three days appeared first on Gizmochina.

Oppo Find X9 Ultra battery size finally emerges in a new leak

OPPO-Find-X8-Ultra

In March, Oppo is expected to unveil the company’s ultimate flagship phone — the Find X9 Ultra. So far, reports have revealed many details about its core specifications, but some information has yet to surface. In a recent X post, tipster Yogesh Brar mentioned the X9 Ultra’s display refresh rate and battery size.

Oppo Find X9 Ultra battery size tipped

OPPO-Find-X8-Ultra
Oppo Find X8 Ultra

Previous reports have revealed that the Find X9 Ultra will feature a 6.82-inch flat OLED panel that supports a 2K resolution, similar to the previous generation. However, its screen refresh rate had not appeared in any leaks. Brar claims that the X9 Ultra’s EVT (Engineering Validation Test) unit supports a 144Hz refresh rate. He believes the retail unit will likely support a 120Hz refresh rate.

Another detail that had remained unclear about the Find X9 Ultra is its battery size. Oppo has previously claimed that it won’t launch a flagship phone without a 7,000mAh battery, which suggests that the X9 Ultra would pack a similarly sized battery. The tipster mentioned that the X9 Ultra will house a 7,050mAh battery.

This indicates that the Find X9 Ultra’s battery will be smaller than the Find X9 Pro, which packs a larger 7,500mAh battery. The X9 Ultra’s rumored battery is still larger than the Find X8 Ultra, which houses a 6,100mAh battery. Reports suggest that the X9 Ultra will arrive with support for 80W wired and 50W wireless charging.

As per reports, the Find X9 Ultra will feature a 200MP (main) + 50MP (ultra-wide) + 200MP (3x periscope) + 50MP (periscope) quad-camera setup and a 50MP front camera. Under the hood, it is expected to feature the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chip and run on ColorOS 16 based on Android 16.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Oppo Find X9 Ultra battery size finally emerges in a new leak appeared first on Gizmochina.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus’ global version appears on Geekbench, reveals Exynos 2600!

A South Korean edition of the Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus was spotted on the Geekbench benchmarking platform in January. Now, its global edition has also emerged on the same benchmarking platform ahead of the Feb. 25 launch. Here’s a look at the details that have surfaced through the listing.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus Geekbench listing

Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus Geekbench listing
Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus (global version) Geekbench listing

The SM-S947B Samsung phone that has appeared on Geekbench is the global version of the Galaxy S26 Plus. This device has been found to be equipped with the Exynos 2600, which is mentioned with its part number s5e9965. Therefore, it appears that the S26 Plus will ship with Samsung’s Exynos chip in most markets.

There’s still a possibility that the S26 Plus may come with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy in the US. While its US edition hasn’t been spotted on Geekbench yet, the Galaxy S26’s US edition was spotted with the Snapdragon chip on the same benchmarking platform last month.

The Galaxy S26 Plus Geekbench listing further reveals 12GB of RAM and Android 16, which is expected to be overlaid with the latest One UI 8.5. It scored 2,304 and 9,015 points in the single-core and multi-core tests on Geekbench 6.5, respectively.

As per recent reports, it appears that the Galaxy S26 Ultra will only be available with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy in all markets across the globe. The Exynos 2600, which is the world’s first 2nm chip, is expected to be a powerful offering, featuring a 10-core architecture with up to 3.80GHz clock speeds. Only time will tell how the Exynos 2600 performs in real-world usage compared to its Snapdragon counterpart.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

(via)

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus’ global version appears on Geekbench, reveals Exynos 2600! appeared first on Gizmochina.

Upcoming Vivo X300 Max 3C certified, set to launch with Vivo X300 Ultra

Vivo X300 Pro

Vivo is expected to hold a major launch event in China next month (March). The event will see the arrival of multiple devices, such as the Vivo X300 Ultra, Vivo X300 Max, Vivo Pad 6 Pro, and the company’s first vlogging camera. Among these, the X300 Ultra and Pad 6 Pro have already been approved by China’s 3C certification platform. Now, the Max model has also appeared in the 3C database, meeting a very important prerequisite before launch.

Vivo X300 Max 3C certified

Vivo X300 Max 3C certified
Vivo X300 Max 3C certified

The above-shown 3C listing shows that an upcoming Vivo phone with model number V2548A has been spotted with a 90W charger. As per previous reports, this phone will be called the Vivo X300 Max when it hits the Chinese market. For those unfamiliar, this device was initially dubbed the Vivo X300s by the rumor mill.

Vivo X300 Max specifications (rumored)

According to a fresh Weibo post by tipster Digital Chat Station, the Vivo X300 Max will arrive with a 6.78-inch LTPO OLED panel with a flat design. It will support a 1.5K resolution and possibly a 120Hz refresh rate. For security, it will feature an ultrasonic in-screen fingerprint sensor.

On the back, the Vivo X300 Max will have a large circular camera module equipped with a 200-megapixel main camera, an ultra-wide lens, and a 50-megapixel periscope telephoto lens with macro capabilities, co-developed with Zeiss and featuring a new optical setup.

The X300 Max will ship with Android 16 with a layer of OriginOS 6 on top and will support band N79 in China. Under the hood, it will feature the Dimensity 9500 and a battery of around 7,000mAh capacity with 90W fast charging support. Finally, it will also have an IP68/69-rated dust- and water-resistant chassis.

In China, the device is expected to rival the Xiaomi 17 Max and Oppo Find X9s series phone.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Upcoming Vivo X300 Max 3C certified, set to launch with Vivo X300 Ultra appeared first on Gizmochina.

BenQ MA270S and MA320UG launch with “Nano Gloss” finish, up to 5K resolution, 120Hz, and Thunderbolt 4

BenQ has added two new models to its Mac-focused monitor lineup, and this time the company is clearly aiming higher. The new MA270S and MA320UG lean into glossy panels while keeping the Thunderbolt-heavy connectivity and color tuning that BenQ has been building into its MA series. If you’ve been looking at the Apple Studio Display but hesitating on the price, these might be worth a closer look.

BenQ MA270S

The headline feature here is what BenQ calls Nano Gloss coating. Instead of going fully matte, which can mute contrast, or fully reflective, which can be distracting, the company is trying to strike a middle ground. The idea is to preserve the punch and clarity of a glossy screen while softening glare just enough for everyday use.

Both monitors use IPS panels and cover nearly the full P3 color space: 99% on the 27-inch model and 98% on the 32-inch.

The MA270S is probably the more direct competitor to Apple’s own display. It’s a 27-inch 5K panel (5120 x 2880), which works out to around 218 pixels per inch, essentially the same pixel density as Apple’s 27-inch Retina displays. That means proper macOS scaling, crisp text, and no awkward resolution compromises. For designers, photographers, or anyone who spends all day staring at small UI elements, that matters.

BenQ MA320UG

The MA320UG, on the other hand, takes a slightly different route. It’s larger at 32 inches and sticks to 4K resolution, but adds a 120Hz refresh rate. That won’t turn it into a gaming monitor, but animations and scrolling do feel noticeably smoother at higher refresh rates.

Both models include two Thunderbolt 4 ports, with up to 96W power delivery, plus additional USB-C, USB-A, and HDMI ports. There’s also KVM support for switching between systems. Small touches like brightness and volume control directly through macOS keyboards help the experience feel more native.

Ports on the MA320UG and MA270S

The stands are fully adjustable, with height, tilt, pivot, and swivel support. Nothing flashy there, just practical ergonomics.

Pricing hasn’t been confirmed yet, though the monitors are already listed on BenQ’s European website. If the company keeps them below Apple’s pricing, they could appeal to users who want sharpness or a glossy panel without committing to Apple’s ecosystem pricing.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Sources: 1, 2)

The post BenQ MA270S and MA320UG launch with “Nano Gloss” finish, up to 5K resolution, 120Hz, and Thunderbolt 4 appeared first on Gizmochina.

Samsung unveils Galaxy A07 5G globally with AI features and long-lasting battery

Samsung has unveiled the new Galaxy A07 5G, bringing smart features and reliable performance to more people. This latest phone in the Galaxy A series makes everyday tasks easier and helps users stay connected with powerful tools and a long-lasting battery.

The Galaxy A07 5G has a 6.7-inch screen with a 120Hz refresh rate, ensuring smooth scrolling and visuals. High Brightness Mode adjusts automatically for clear viewing even in bright sunlight. It offers a large 6,000mAh battery, 120% larger than the previous model, enabling longer video playback and uninterrupted use.

Photography is easy with this new phone as it comes with a 50MP wide and 2MP depth rear camera setup, and an 8MP front camera for clear selfies. It is built to last with IP54 dust and water resistance and a strong back panel made of glass-fiber-reinforced polymer to reduce cracks.

Samsung Galaxy A07 5G

Source – Samsung

The Galaxy A07 5G comes with AI features like Google Gemini and Circle to Search. By pressing the side button, users can activate Gemini to handle tasks quickly and easily across Galaxy apps and some third-party apps. Gemini Live can answer questions and provide useful insights, while Circle to Search lets users explore anything on their screen, including images, music, or text.

Samsung also offers long-term support with up to six OS upgrades and six years of security updates. Samsung Knox Vault adds extra safety with Theft Protection and Auto Blocker features.

The Galaxy A07 5G will be available in select regions starting January 30. It comes in three colors – Black, Light Violet, and Light Green. With its smart features, strong battery, clear display, and durable design, the Galaxy A07 5G is a practical choice for users who want a reliable and easy-to-use smartphone.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung unveils Galaxy A07 5G globally with AI features and long-lasting battery appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Here are some more Galaxy S26 Ultra leaked press images

As the Galaxy S26 series launch draws closer, leaks are picking up pace. A tipster has now shared official-looking press renders of the Galaxy S26 Ultra, showcasing the phone from all angles in four colors. The images come courtesy of tipster Evan Blass (@evleaks) and show the Galaxy S26 Ultra in Black, Cobalt Violet, Sky Blue, and White color options. The Galaxy S26 Ultra’s design closely resembles its predecessor, the Galaxy S25 Ultra, but features slightly more rounded corners and a redesigned rear camera module. The S Pen also appears to have received a subtle refresh. Here’s...

Samsung preparing another Galaxy Z Fold with One UI 9

Samsung is getting ready to launch new foldable phones this year. Along with the Galaxy Z Fold 8, the company is also working on another Galaxy Z Fold model. New inforamation show that Samsung has already started software development work on this new Fold.

The first software build for this new Fold has been spotted. The firmware version is F971USQU0AZB1. This confirms that Samsung has started working on the phone’s software. The device is expected to run Android 17 with One UI 9 right out of the box.

The new Fold is internally codenamed “H8.” According to rumors, it may come with a wider design, similar to what Apple is expected to introduce with its first foldable iPhone. Although full specifications are not available yet, the device is expected to share many features with the Galaxy Z Fold 8.

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

This second Fold device is believed to be a slightly more affordable option. Reports also say that Samsung plans to launch this device globally.

In addition, the first One UI 9 firmware has been seen for the Galaxy Z Fold 8 and Galaxy Z Flip 8. This suggests that Samsung’s upcoming foldable phones will be the first to feature the new software. Along with them, the major One UI update development has also begun for last year’s Galaxy Z Fold 7.

One UI 9 will be Samsung’s next major software update based on Android 17. The new foldable phones will likely launch with it pre-installed. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung preparing another Galaxy Z Fold with One UI 9 appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Sony WF-1000XM6 review

It's been over two years since Sony’s last flagship earbuds came out and it was about time for an update. Enter the WF-1000XM6, still sporting an absurdly long name, these feature an updated design alongside claims of even better sound tuning and noise cancellation. The earbud version of the WH-1000XM6 gets two more microphones compared to its predecessors with promises of even better call quality and adaptive noise cancellation. Sony actually claims these earbuds inherited their adaptive noise canceling from the over-ear XM6s alongside an optimized antenna structure for better...

Samsung introduces five-layer Penta Tandem OLED technology

Samsung Display has introduced its new Penta Tandem OLED technology. It is designed to make screens brighter and last longer than before.

The word “Penta” means five. This technology uses five layers of light-emitting material inside the screen. Before, Samsung used four layers. By adding a fifth layer, the screen spreads out the energy better. This reduces wear on the screen and makes it last longer. Samsung says this new structure doubles the expected lifespan of its panels.

Penta Tandem OLED is especially useful for high-resolution monitors and TVs, where each pixel is smaller and needs to shine brightly. Samsung’s 27-inch 4K monitors with this technology reach 1,300 nits of brightness, while TVs can hit 4,500 nits under certain conditions. The extra layer also helps manage heat, which is important for dense screens.

Samsung Penta Tandem

Image via Samsung

Samsung’s new panels have also earned recognition. Their 31.5-inch UHD monitor is the only one of its size to meet the VESA DisplayHDR True Black 500 standard. This certification shows the screen can produce very deep blacks while keeping brightness high.

Penta Tandem OLED first appeared in gaming monitors, but now Samsung is using it in more products. This includes 34-inch ultrawide monitors, a 49-inch Dual QHD monitor, and high-end TVs introduced since 2025.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung introduces five-layer Penta Tandem OLED technology appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 enters One UI 9 (Android 17) testing phase

Ahead of the One UI 8.5 stable release, Samsung has started developing One UI 9 based on Android 17. It will arrive on the upcoming Galaxy foldables later this year. In addition to new devices, Samsung has also begun preparing the One UI 9 update for the latest Galaxy foldable, the Galaxy Z Fold 7.

Just recently, a first testing build of One UI 9 has been spotted via @Alfaturk for the Galaxy Z Fold 7. The build number is F966USQU8CZB3, and it shows that Samsung has started testing this update for the US version of the phone. Currently, the device is running One UI 8 and is not part of the One UI 8.5 Beta program.

Before One UI 9, Samsung will release the stable One UI 8.5 update. The company plans to roll it out first with the Galaxy S26 series on 25 February 2025. After that, other Galaxy devices, including the Galaxy Z Fold 7, will receive the update.

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

Even though Samsung is already preparing One UI 9, the company has not officially announced any details yet. The update is likely to come first to new foldable phones. Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 and Galaxy Z Flip 7 phones might be part of the One UI 9 Beta program before the stable release.

So far, there is no exact timeline for when One UI 9 will be available for the Galaxy Z Fold 7, but testing has clearly started. Users who own the device can expect the new features and improvements that One UI 9 will bring. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 enters One UI 9 (Android 17) testing phase appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Insta360 is launching its very own DJI Osmo Pocket competitor with a twist

The incredible success of DJI's Osmo Pocket 3 vlogging camera has prompted other companies to create their own entrants into this market. vivo recently confirmed that it's working on a vlogging camera of its own, and now Insta360 has teased the Luna, which will compete in the same market. The Insta360 Luna has two cameras, much like DJI's upcoming Osmo Pocket 4 Pro. One of them is a telephoto camera. If it launches before DJI's next-gen Osmo Pocket, then it will be the first vlogging camera with telephoto abilities. Speaking of the launch window, Insta360 has so far only confirmed...

Official: New Honor MagicPad 4 tablet beats Samsung Galaxy Tab S12 series to global debut

Honor has confirmed that its MagicPad 4 tablet will be launching globally. Already showcased across several official pictures, the MagicPad 4 features a large display with a Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 chipset and a five-figure battery. By the looks of things, the Honor MagicPad 4 will launch months before Samsung gets the Galaxy Tab S12 series out the door.

First solid-state battery standard sets performance benchmarks for a flood of 2027 EVs with solid electrolyte battery

The world’s first solid-state battery standard sets performance, safety, and categorization benchmarks as automakers and cell manufacturers race to commercialize hybrid or all-solid-state electrolyte technologies. Targeting production EVs from 2027 onward, the effort aims to accelerate deployment of safer cells with high energy density while bringing order to a rapidly evolving and strategically important battery technology.

Extreme Intel Nova Lake 400+ W PL2 leaks for high-end and flagship Nova Lake desktop CPUs

High-end Intel Nova Lake-S desktop CPUs are shaping up to be quite power hungry. According to recent reports, the flagship 52-core Intel Core Ultra 400 Nova Lake CPU could have power consumption in line with HEDT processors. However, even with an enforced PL2, Intel Nova Lake might still consume considerably more than Arrow Lake.

Sony WF-1000XM6 arrive with updated sound tuning, stronger ANC

After a two-year hiatus, Sony finally announced a new pair of flagship wireless earbuds. The WF-1000XM6 arrive on the scene as the replacements to the WF-1000XM5, and Sony is confident that these are its best earbuds to date. So what’s new? Sony is bringing an updated version of its Integrated Processor V2, which now features 32-bit audio processing, up from the XM5’s 24-bit depth. Thanks to this change, Sony claims the XM6 offers improved clarity, dynamic range and detail. WF-1000XM6 in black The buds are equipped with 8.4mm dynamic drivers and get custom sound tuning from...

Samsung is now shipping HBM4 memory, will sample HBM4E to customers later this year

Samsung has already delivered the first shipments of HBM4 memory to its customers and announced that it has begun mass production of the new standard. HBM4 chips are fabbed on a 6th generation of a 10nm-class DRAM process called “1c”. Note that DRAM isn’t like a CPU core, so the nodes aren’t comparable. The HBM4 products also use a 4nm logic base die for higher performance. To put some numbers to it, HBM4 can deliver speeds of 11.7Gbps – per pin! This surpasses the industry standard, which is set at 8Gbps, by 46%. Since there are 2,048 pins the total bandwidth is a massive 3.3 terabytes...

One UI 9 development begins for Samsung’s upcoming Galaxy Z series

Along with the launch of the Galaxy S26 series, Samsung is now focusing on its next foldable phones – the Galaxy Z Flip 8 and Galaxy Z Fold 8. These new foldable series usually come with a new version of One UI software. Now, a new report suggests that Samsung has started One UI 9 development for the upcoming Galaxy Z series phones.

A reliable tipster, @Tarunvats, has spotted the first software build for the Galaxy Z Flip 8 on a testing server. The build version, F776USQU0AZB1, suggests that early firmware preparation is underway. This indicates that Samsung is actively working on One UI 9 for its next-generation foldables.

Samsung usually unveils its Galaxy Z series smartphones in the middle of the year, and they usually ship with the new version of One UI out of the box. This year, the Galaxy Z Flip 8 and Galaxy Z Fold 8 are expected to launch with One UI 9 based on Android 17, bringing new features, performance improvements, and enhanced foldable-specific optimizations.

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7, Flip 7 and Watch 8 Classic

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

Meanwhile, Samsung is still in the process of finalizing One UI 8.5. The update is currently in the beta testing phase and is expected to roll out in stable form alongside the Galaxy S26 series on February 25, 2026. Following the flagship launch, the update will gradually expand to other eligible Galaxy devices.

Although specific details about One UI 9 remain under wraps, early development shows that Samsung is regularly working on its software. More information about features and improvements is expected to surface in the coming months as the foldable launch approaches. Stay tuned.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post One UI 9 development begins for Samsung’s upcoming Galaxy Z series appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung in talks to manufacture AI chip for TikTok parent company

Samsung may soon play an important role in a new AI project linked to ByteDance, the parent company of TikTok. Reports say ByteDance is planning to build its own artificial intelligence chip and is in talks with Samsung to help make it.

According to the information, ByteDance is working on a chip – SeedChip. This chip would be designed for AI inference, which means helping AI systems use what they have learned to give answers, make decisions, or recommend content.

Samsung is reportedly the company that could manufacture the chip and also supply important memory parts. Memory chips are very important for running AI systems smoothly, and they are currently in high demand worldwide.

Samsung conductive Key button patent

Reports also say ByteDance hopes to get sample chips by late March. The company may produce at least 100,000 units this year and could later increase production to 350,000 units.

One big reason for this move could be U.S. export restrictions. These rules have made it harder for Chinese companies to buy advanced AI chips from American firms. By building its own chip, ByteDance could rely less on companies like Nvidia.

Other Chinese tech companies, such as Alibaba and Baidu, are already developing their own chips. ByteDance may be trying to keep up with them. The project is also said to be part of a larger $22 billion AI investment plan for 2026, which still includes buying Nvidia chips while its own chip is being developed.

While ByteDance has called these reports “inaccurate,” sources claim the project is real and already in progress. If true, this would be a big step for the company as it looks to grow its AI power.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung in talks to manufacture AI chip for TikTok parent company appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Now free on Steam: Each round is a lifetime in this online Stone Age survival RPG

In Next Life is a survival RPG with a strong online multiplayer focus that has recently exited Early Access on Steam and is now free to play. The core concept is simple: each round represents an entire lifetime. Players are born as the child of another player, grow up within a tribe, take on responsibilities, and eventually die. A new life then begins, while overall progress carries over, allowing the civilization to evolve gradually.

Gurman: Apple's new Siri delayed again, will not be included in iOS 26.4

Earlier this week, a report suggested that Apple would introduce parts of its upgraded Siri in the iOS 26.4 update. However, a new report now suggests the release has been delayed. According to Bloomberg’s Mark Gurman, Apple reportedly ran into multiple issues with the new Siri during internal testing. Gurman notes that the new and improved Siri will likely be included in the iOS 26.5 update, which is expected to be rolled out in May. Other features are still said to be only available in iOS 27 in September. The report adds that internal testers encountered multiple issues while...

Huawei Mate 80 Pro is going global, company sets date

Huawei is gearing up to hold a product launch event on February 26 where we’ll see the brand’s next Watch GT Runner smartwatch but that won’t be the only device announced in Madrid. Huawei just confirmed the event will also mark the Mate 80 Pro’s global debut. The flagship was announced in China in November and features a 6.75-inch LTPO OLED (FHD+ 120Hz), Huawei’s Kirin 9030 chipset and a 5,750mAh battery with 100W wired and 80W wireless charging. Find your rhythm. Now is your run🏃🏻 #HUAWEILaunch pic.twitter.com/W7oYqyWRmj— Huawei Mobile SA (@HuaweiZA) February 12, 2026 The phone is...

Samsung Galaxy S26, S26+ and S26 Ultra leak in all colors and full glory

Samsung is getting ready to launch its new Galaxy S26 series on February 25, 2026. Before the official event, images of the Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26 Plus, and Galaxy S26 Ultra have surfaced online, which give fans an early look at the design and color options.

Renowned tipster Evan Blass has shared detailed images of the Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26 Plus, and Galaxy S26 Ultra, showcasing the devices in multiple stunning finishes.

Galaxy S26 Ultra 

The Galaxy S26 Ultra is the top model in the series. It is shown in four colors: Black, Cobalt Violet, Sky Blue, and White. The Ultra model will be the most premium phone in the lineup.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra renders

Image via Evan Blass

Galaxy S26 Plus

The Galaxy S26 Plus is also shown in the same four colors: Black, Cobalt Violet, Sky Blue, and White. It has a similar design to the Ultra but without an additional camera and S Pen. It looks sleek and modern.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus

Image via Evan Blass

Galaxy S26 

The standard Galaxy S26 comes in the same color choices as well. Even though it is the base model, it still looks stylish and premium. It will feature similar specs to Galaxy S26 Plus, only the size of the display and battery is different.

Samsung Galaxy S26 renders

Image via Evan Blass

With the launch just days away, fans are excited to see what Samsung officially reveals about the Galaxy S26 series. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung Galaxy S26, S26+ and S26 Ultra leak in all colors and full glory appeared first on Sammy Fans.

EU energy label reveals Google Pixel 10a battery details and more

As is often the case with Google's upcoming releases, we already know many details surrounding the Pixel 10a way before it launches. In fact, Google officially revealed the design weeks ahead of the announcement on February 18. Google Pixel 10a EU energy label Now, the EU's energy label provides additional details like battery endurance and ingress protection. The label claims the battery can last 53 hours and 14 minutes on a single full charge, and it's rated at 1,000 charging cycles before dropping below 80% of its original capacity. The phone also carries an IP68 certification...

The Steam Deck went out of stock in several regions, memory squeeze may be to blame

Speculations on what the Steam Deck 2 might be like have been put on pause – people are now more focused on what is going on with the current generation Steam Deck – it is out of stock in several regions. Valve hasn’t come out with an official statement yet, but last night the Steam stores in the US and Canada started showing all three variants of the Deck as “Out of Stock”. This is not a surprise for the LCD model, which was discontinued in December and may have sold out. But the two OLED versions (512GB and 1TB) still represent the current (and now only) model of the Steam Deck. It’s...

Official Galaxy S26 launch invite hides four bold details

Official Galaxy Unpacked invite is not just a calendar reminder. It is a quiet confession; Samsung is telling us what matters for the Galaxy S26, without spelling it out. The signature feature, colors, shapes, and symbols, all do the talking.

The February 25, 2026, date is locked in. The real story is everything wrapped around it.

Privacy Display

Samsung officially announced Privacy Display technology. Now, the Unpacked invite indicates that Privacy Display is being highlighted as a signature feature of the Galaxy S26 series.

The idea of things being hidden in plain sight ties neatly into the rumored Privacy Display feature, which selectively dims content when someone is looking over your shoulder.

Samsung Unpacked 2026 privacy display teaser

Samsung Unpacked 2026 privacy display teaser

Galaxy S26 signature color

The first thing that jumps out is the color. That deep blue-purple tone is not accidental. It looks very close to what we have been hearing internally described as Cobalt Violet, possibly Ultraviolent, depending on market naming.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra official renders leak

Source – Android Headlines

One UI 8.5 design evolution

Look closely at the invite’s design language, soft gradients, clean edges, and subtle depth. This looks suspiciously like a preview of One UI 8.5. A late February Unpacked suggests one thing. Extra time was needed, not for hardware, but for software.

Samsung One UI 8.5

Image source – SammyFans

Agentic Galaxy AI

The box in the invite matters. Galaxy Unpacked has always played with the idea of opening something new, but this time the box feels different.

More deliberate, almost functional, and we read this as a metaphor for agentic AI, the next step beyond chat-based assistants. Samsung has been hinting that Galaxy AI is moving from answers to actions.

Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

If this lands as promised, your phone stops feeling like an app launcher and starts behaving more like an assistant that actually earns its name.

The invite was never just an invite, but a decoder ring. It is telling us the Galaxy S26 is aiming higher than incremental upgrades.

The post Official Galaxy S26 launch invite hides four bold details appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Moving from Apple iPhone to Samsung Galaxy just got easier

Apple launched a pretty useful feature called “Transfer to Android” that lets users shift their data from iPhone to Android or Samsung Galaxy effortlessly.

Transfer to Android feature has arrived on Apple iPhones with the iOS 26.3 update. It works like a system-level framework that finally treats Android migration like a first-class citizen.

The iPhone maker knows the Android ecosystem (especially Samsung’s One UI) has closed the gap on everything from camera processing to app continuity. So they built something that works.

The process starts with a QR code pairing between your iPhone and your Galaxy device. Both phones need to be on the same Wi-Fi network with Bluetooth enabled.

Scan the code on your Android screen, or manually punch in the Session ID and Pairing code if the camera fails. The tool reportedly works more reliably with Samsung and Pixel devices than with some Chinese OEMs.

What gets moved?

Photos (including Live Photos, which retain their motion data), messages, apps, and your eSIM. eSIM migration used to be a nightmare, but thanks to Apple, the iPhone now transfers automatically as part of the setup flow.

Apple stayed quiet about this in the official iOS 26.3 release notes, which is typical for them. Why advertise an exit ramp? But the feature is live, buried under Settings > General > Transfer or Reset iPhone.

You’ll find “Transfer to Android” right there next to the usual iCloud backup options.

Image – iOS 26.3 brigs “Transfer to Android” feature

The post Moving from Apple iPhone to Samsung Galaxy just got easier appeared first on Sammy Fans.

14-inch notebook at a low price: Chuwi CoreBook Air with AMD Ryzen reviewed

The Chuwi CoreBook Air is a compact and attractively priced notebook aimed at budget-conscious users. Equipped with an AMD Ryzen 5 6600H, 16 GB RAM, and a slim 14-inch format, the device promises solid everyday performance without a major cost factor. Our test shows how the lightweight budget notebook performs in everyday use - and where buyers will have to make compromises.

Apple C2 modem to bring satellite 5G connectivity

A new rumor from a Chinese leaker suggests that Apple’s C2 modem which is expected to be featured inside the iPhone 18 Pro series will support 5G satellite connectivity. The rumor claims the C2 modem will offer support for New Radio Non-Terrestrial Networks (NR-NTN) connectivity. This means devices with the new modem will be able to connect to low-Earth orbit satellites for direct internet access in areas without traditional cellular coverage. This is not the first time we’re hearing about Apple’s push into NR-NTN, as Cupertino has been rumored to bring the feature for some time now....

Affordable Lava Yuva Star 3 arrives with a 6.75" screen, a 5,000 mAh battery, and an IP64 rating

Lava launched its Yuva Star series for first-time buyers in August 2024, and today, it expanded the lineup with the introduction of the Lava Yuva Star 3. The Lava Yuva Star 3 is powered by the Unisoc SC9863A SoC, runs bloatware-free Android 15 Go, and has 4GB of RAM and 64GB of storage, expandable up to 256GB. The Lava Yuva Star 3 features a 6.75" 90Hz HD+ LCD on the front with a notch for the 5MP selfie camera. Around the back is a dual-camera setup, headlined by the 13MP primary camera. The secondary camera is a depth sensor with a 0.08MP resolution. Fueling the Lava Yuva...

Samsung held S23, S24, S25 prices steady, but Galaxy S26 changes the game

Samsung is raising the prices of the Galaxy S26, S26+, and S26 Ultra in South Korea. The company has kept the costs of its Galaxy S flagships unchanged in the last three years, but the scenario is entirely different this year.

According to ETNews, Samsung has set the prices of the Galaxy S26 series. The company’s home ground is reportedly seeing a price jump of 14 percent. It’s a steep hike, with Ultra potentially surpassing KRW 2 million.

Galaxy S26 series brings 256GB as base storage, paired with 12GB of RAM. The base and Plus are getting pricier by KRW 99,000, and the reason is a rapid surge in the prices of DRAM and NAND flash memory components.

Expected launch prices in South Korea

Galaxy S26 5G

  • 256GB – 1,254,000 won
  • 512GB – 1,460,000 won

Galaxy S26 Plus 5G

  • 256GB – 1,452,000 won
  • 512GB – 1,660,000 won

It was reported that the Galaxy S26 Ultra would avoid a price hike, but it doesn’t seem to be happening after all. Samsung may have increased the price of the Galaxy S26 Ultra by nearly KRW 98,6000 in South Korea.

Galaxy S26 Ultra 5G

  • 256GB – 1,797,000 won
  • 512GB – 2,000,000 won

Dr TM Roh, President and Head of Samsung’s MX Division, recently stated, “We are concerned about the increase in component material costs,” adding, “This will have a certain impact on all company products.”

Meanwhile, Samsung is reportedly keeping the double storage promotion intact. Korean consumers buying the 512GB version will have to pay for 256GB. For Ultra, you can own the 1TB model by paying for the 512GB storage version.

Featured image credit – Ice Universe.

The post Samsung held S23, S24, S25 prices steady, but Galaxy S26 changes the game appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Oppo Find X9 Ultra’s battery and display details leaked

The Oppo Find X9 Ultra is rumored to debut in China this March. Several leaks detailing the device have already surfaced ahead of its launch. The latest rumor has now revealed the phone’s battery and display specs. According to a tipster, the Find X9 Ultra is being tested with a BOE OLED display with a 2K resolution and a refresh rate of 144Hz. However, the tipster claims that the retail unit may offer a 120Hz panel. The phone is also tipped to feature a 7,050mAh battery. If accurate, this would be a big jump from the 6,100mAh cell in the Find X8 Ultra. Notably, in December last...

Samsung confirms HBM4E for 2026, custom HBM in 2027

Samsung today officially unveiled the HBM4 to seize the growing market driven by the AI era. At the same time, Samsung revealed its plans for HBM4E and custom HBM solutions for 2026 and 2027, respectively.

With HBM4, Samsung just made sure it has a front row seat in every serious 2026 and 2027 accelerator roadmap.

Samsung officially announced it plans to start sampling HBM4E in the second half of 2026, while custom HBM solutions will follow in 2027.

Standard HBM4 secures the mainstream GPU market. HBM4E and custom variants target hyperscalers building proprietary ASICs.

SK Hynix and Micron are pushing hard in HBM as well. Meanwhile, Samsung’s early mass production, combined with its in-house packaging expertise and massive DRAM capacity, gives it a serious edge in supply resilience.

The South Korean tech giant estimates that its HBM sales will more than triple in 2026 compared to 2025. AI demand is not cooling off, and it is shifting toward more specialized accelerators and custom silicon.

Related article:

Samsung HBM4 AI Memory Chip

Source – Samsung Newsroom

The post Samsung confirms HBM4E for 2026, custom HBM in 2027 appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Impressive Snapdragon X2 Elite reportedly performs 49% better vs Snapdragon X Elite in multi-core but lags by 35% vs Apple M5 in single-core tests

Hardware Canucks has tested the Qualcomm Snapdragon X2 Elite, and the resulting performance is quite impressive. Not only has Qualcomm reportedly managed to increase multi-core performance by quite a large margin, but the Snapdragon X2 Elite is also much faster in gaming.

vivo X300 Max gets certified in China, specs surface

vivo is rumored to expand its X300 series soon with the launch of the X300 Ultra and X300 Max, previously referred to as the X300s. There's no word from vivo about these smartphones yet, but the X300 Max has moved a step closer to launch, as it has received certifications from multiple Chinese agencies. Additionally, reliable tipster Digital Chat Station has shared some specs of the vivo X300 Max, having model designation V2548A. vivo X300 Pro DCS claims the vivo X300 Max is powered by the Dimensity 9500 SoC and packs a battery with a capacity of at least 7,000 mAh and 90W charging...

More Xiaomi 18 specs surface online, may offer a 6.4-inch screen

More details about the Xiaomi 18 have surfaced online. A tipster recently suggested that the upcoming phone will be powered by the next-generation Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 chipset. Now, the same tipster has shared additional information about the phone. According to a post on Weibo by tipster Digital Chat Station, the Xiaomi 18 is expected to feature a slightly larger display than the Xiaomi 17. It may sport a 6.4-inch screen, likely to accommodate upgraded hardware components, such as a larger battery and camera. The handset is also tipped to feature a 200MP periscope telephoto...

Breaking: Samsung unveils HBM4 for AI era, featuring 2.7x bandwidth and 40% better efficiency

It’s official: Samsung has begun mass production of HBM4 and is already shipping commercial volumes to customers for the next AI era.

The South Korean tech giant just fired a loud shot across the bow of the AI hardware market that makes it the first out of the gate in the next-generation high-bandwidth memory race.

Built on 1c DRAM and 4nm logic

Thanks to 1c DRAM and 4nm logic technologies, Samsung HBM4 achieved stable yields from the start of mass production. For an HBM stack that speaks to tight design technology co-optimization between its memory and foundry teams.

11.7 Gbps and 3.3 TB per second

Samsung’s HBM4 delivers 11.7 Gbps per pin as a consistent processing speed. The current industry baseline for HBM4 sits around 8 Gbps. That is roughly a 46 percent uplift over standard expectations.

Compared to HBM3E’s top 9.6 Gbps, this is still a healthy step forward. Beyond that, Samsung says the stack can scale up to 13 Gbps.

Total bandwidth per stack jumps to as much as 3.3 TB per second, which is 2.7 times higher than HBM3E.

Samsung also doubled I O count from 1024 to 2048 pins. The company leaned on low-voltage TSV technology and power distribution network optimization to keep things in check.

40 percent better efficiency

HBM4 improves power efficiency by 40 percent compared to HBM3E. Thermal resistance improves by 10 percent, while heat dissipation climbs 30 percent.

In large data centers, even single-digit efficiency gains can shave millions off operating costs. For GPU vendors designing next-gen accelerators, this reduces the risk of memory becoming the thermal choke point.

Capacity is also scaling

Samsung offers 12-layer stacks ranging from 24GB to 36GB. With 16-layer stacking, it plans to push up to 48GB per stack.

The company expects its HBM sales to more than triple in 2026 compared to 2025. Looking ahead, Samsung plans to start sampling HBM4E in the second half of 2026. Custom HBM solutions will follow in 2027.

Samsung HBM4 AI Memory Chip

Source – Samsung Newsroom

The post Breaking: Samsung unveils HBM4 for AI era, featuring 2.7x bandwidth and 40% better efficiency appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung brings Galaxy Z TriFold to Japan showrooms

Samsung is giving its fans in Japan a close look at its most ambitious foldable yet, the Galaxy Z TriFold, but with a twist.

The Galaxy Z TriFold, unveiled on December 3, 2025, and released globally on December 12, is now on display in Japan. Starting today, visitors can check it out at Galaxy Harajuku in Tokyo and Galaxy Studio Osaka in Namba.

Samsung says the Galaxy Z TriFold display in Japan is part of an effort to share the experiential value of its global brand with local customers. The company clearly states that this exhibition does not indicate a future launch in Japan.

On paper, that sounds definitive. In reality, when a device sells out eight times in Korea and vanishes in five minutes in the US, a showroom appearance in Tokyo and Osaka feels like more than a simple brand exercise.

Showcase locations and access

If you are in Japan and want to see the Galaxy Z TriFold up close, here’s where it is being displayed.

Galaxy Harajuku, Tokyo

  • Address: 1-8-9 Jingumae, Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 150-0001
  • Business hours: 11:00 to 19:00

Galaxy Studio Osaka

  • Location: Namba Marui 1F, 3-8-9 Namba, Chuo-ku, Osaka 542-0076
  • Business hours: 11:00 to 20:00
Samsung Galaxy Z TriFold

Image – Samsung Newsroom

Global sell-out success

In South Korea, the Galaxy Z TriFold sold out instantly, not once but through eight additional sales rounds.

In the United States, it was even more dramatic. The entire launch allocation disappeared within five minutes.

This is unprecedented global demand for a first-generation tri-fold device. The Z series evolution has been gradual over the years, from early Fold skepticism to refined experience. With TriFold, Samsung is pushing the form factor into uncharted territory.

The post Samsung brings Galaxy Z TriFold to Japan showrooms appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Xiaomi Pad 8 and Pad 8 Pro are going international

Xiaomi launched the Pad 8 and Pad 8 Pro in China in September, and now the two tablets are headed to international markets, as evidenced by their EU Energy Labels becoming available. According to a tipster over on X, the Pad 8 will be offered in blue, grey, and green with 8GB of RAM and 128/256GB of storage, while the Pad 8 Pro will come in two RAM/storage combos: 8/256GB and 12/512GB. It will be available in the same colors as its non-Pro sibling. Xiaomi Pad 8 and Pad 8 Pro EU Energy Labels The Pad 8 and Pad 8 Pro are rumored to be launching at the same time as the Xiaomi 17...

One UI 8.5 Beta 5 will arrive before Stable update

Samsung has embarked on the journey to rollout One UI 8.5 Beta 5 update. Yes, Galaxy S25 series users who have participated in the Beta Program are likely to get at least one more Beta update before the Stable jump.

One UI 8.5 Beta 5 development is already underway. Samsung has recently tested a newer Beta build that carries PDA version number ZZB5, as spotted by TarunVats.

The fourth One UI 8.5 Beta has gained pretty much stability. The provided improvements to the Phone app and call-related problems. The update also added a new Direct Voicemail feature with Galaxy AI smarts like Audio Eraser.

With the next Beta, Samsung will further polish the user interface and stability. Some new features derived from the S26 series may also be provided. However, there’s no info when the software update will be released.

It’s clear that Samsung is keeping the Beta Program limited to the Galaxy S25 series. Users of the Galaxy S24, S23, and S22 series, as well as other eligible models, would directly receive the Stable update once the rollout starts.

Samsung Galaxy S25 One UI 8.5 Beta 5

Galaxy Unpacked

February is a busy month as Samsung already announced Unpacked happening on the 25th. It will be a live event in California, but fans around the world can witness the live unveiling through the event livestream on YouTube.

Samsung’s Galaxy S26 series will come preinstalled with the One UI 8.5. The official release is expected for March 11 alongside the new phones. We only expect the update’s expansion to older devices, like the S25 series, thereafter.

The post One UI 8.5 Beta 5 will arrive before Stable update appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Global Galaxy S26 spotted with underwhelming performance

Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus Global version has spotted on Geekbench with underwhelming performance. Earlier, we’ve seen the Korean variant’s benchmarks, which were pretty impressive and stable.

Global Galaxy S26 Plus with model number SM-S947B has appeared on Geekbench. Its single-core and multi-core scores are lower than those of its Korean sibling. It suggests there’s still room for optimization for performance gains.

Global Galaxy S26 performance

Samsung’s SM-S947B, tested on February 11, scored 2,304 in single-core and 9,015 in multi-core. The scores belong to CPU performance, while the component featured the same specs as those used in the Korean unit.

The Korean version scored up to 3,314 in single-core and up to 11,450 in multi-core tests. The benchmark was registered on January 29 on Geekbench 6.5. It also confirmed 12GB RAM paired with Android 16 (One UI 8.5) OS.

Note that the scores are for early testing of the device. The performance will match its Korean version, which hit impressive scores. However, software optimization is required to realize the potential of a 2nm chipset.

Galaxy S26’s Exynos 2600 features a deca-core CPU in tri-cluster architecture. It has one prime core clocked at 3.8 GHz, three performance cores clocked at 3.26 GHz, and six efficiency cores clocked at 2.76 GHz.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Exynos Global Benchmark

Source – Geekbench

Qualcomm confirms Snapdragon for Galaxy S26s

If you’re buying the Ultra, there’s no need to worry about Exynos. The Galaxy S26 Ultra will ship with Snapdragon worldwide. Exynos is limited to the S26 and S26+, that too, outside the US, Canada, and China.

Samsung confirmed that it’s holding the Unpacked event on February 25. Privacy Display is the key highlight of the Galaxy S26 Ultra. Teasers also point to improved zoom, night photography, and videography functions.

The post Global Galaxy S26 spotted with underwhelming performance appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Counterpoint: The foldable smartphone market to open a new chapter in 2026

Analysts at Counterpoint say that the foldable smartphone market is about to enter a phase. After a cyclical recovery last year, 2026 will mark the beginning of a more sustainable expansion phase. While last year's strategy for many smartphone makers was to normalize inventory and proceed with extra caution when it came to new releases, this year we will likely see a more aggressive push into the foldable segment. Thanks to technological advancements and better execution, the book-style foldables have become more popular and now account for 52% of all foldable sales. The analysts...

Qualcomm confirms Snapdragon for Galaxy S26 Ultra, Exynos doubts fade

Qualcomm has officially confirmed Galaxy S26 Ultra uses the Snapdragon chipset. Qualcomm has quoted Samsung Mobile’s Galaxy Unpacked post, hyping “Something big is coming. 👏

Snapdragon inside Galaxy S26 is locked-in, and the confirmation comes straight from Qualcomm. It isn’t surprising, but a formal assurance ahead of Unpacked has just sealed a solid Snapdragon fan base for the Galaxy S26 series.

While Android flagships get Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, Samsung’s flagships use a customized version: Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy. It has a CPU with a faster speed than the standard version for better performance.

The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy is made using TSMC’s enhanced 3nm process. It features a dual-cluster octa-core CPU with two prime cores clocked at 4.74 GHz and six performance cores @ 3.62 GHz, along with an Adreno 840 GPU.

Galaxy S26 series – Snapdragon vs Exynos

Galaxy S26, S26+, and S26 Ultra will be equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy processor in select countries. Yes, the adoption has capped at 75 percent, down from 100 percent in the Galaxy S25 series.

The remaining 25 percent slice goes to Samsung’s in-house Exynos 2600. The Galaxy S26 and S26+ will come with a 2nm Exynos chipset in major markets, including India, Europe, African countries, and South Korea.

Exynos 2600 is nice, yet if you hate it, you can buy the Galaxy S26 Ultra. This version alone has Snapdragon regardless of the country you reside in. Be it India, Europe, or any other part, you will get Snapdragon with Ultra.

Samsung plans to further expand the adoption of Exynos next year. It is believed that around 50 percent units of the Galaxy S27 series could come with Exynos 2700. This chip will be made using Samsung’s 2nd-gen 2nm process.

Snapdragon Galaxy S26 Ultra

The post Qualcomm confirms Snapdragon for Galaxy S26 Ultra, Exynos doubts fade appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Huawei is working on a non-folding version of the Pura X with a wide aspect ratio

Huawei's Pura X launched last year and shocked the mobile world with its 16:10 aspect ratio (when unfolded). It went in an entirely different direction than any of its competitors, and it seems to have been quite a success. Huawei is now working on the Pura X2, but also another device that will emulate the Pura X's unorthodox (for this day and age) aspect ratio. According to a new rumor from the prolific Digital Chat Station on Weibo, Huawei is developing a candybar style, non-folding smartphone that will have a screen with a 16:9 or 16:10 aspect ratio. So basically, like a Pura X that...

Xiaomi 18 won't have Qualcomm's top next-gen chipset

In September, Qualcomm is rumored to be unveiling the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 and the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro, with the latter being the company's new top dog in the smartphone SoC space until 2027. Now a new rumor from China claims the Xiaomi 18 will use the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6, and not the Pro version of the SoC, since the Elite Gen 6 Pro is apparently going to be too expensive. That said, the Xiaomi 18 Pro and Xiaomi 18 Pro Max will most likely go with the Pro chipset. Xiaomi 17 Xiaomi will allegedly unveil its next flagship family in September, right after Qualcomm...

Apple releases iOS 26.3 and iPadOS 26.3, both support easier migration to Android

Today, Apple has released the latest version of iOS and iPadOS, labeled 26.3. This comes with dozens of security fixes, including one that was actively being exploited, and that's reason alone to install the update as soon as possible. iOS 26.3 and iPadOS 26.3 also include a tool for easy switching to Android, which makes going to another ecosystem as seamless as can be, and doesn't require the use of any special apps to transfer your data. The transfer process supports moving photos, messages, notes, apps, passwords, phone numbers, and more. The EU took credit for both Apple and...

Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026 Event: When and where to watch Galaxy S26 launch

Samsung is about to kick off the first Galaxy Unpacked event of 2026, where it will reveal its latest flagship smartphones. Fans and tech enthusiasts around the world are eager to see what the company has in store. The event will take place on February 25 in San Francisco and will be streamed live online.

You can watch the Unpacked 2026 event live from anywhere in the world. The stream begins at 10 AM PT / 1 PM EST / 6 PM GMT / 7 PM CET. Samsung will broadcast it on its Global Newsroom website and official YouTube channel, so you can tune in on your computer, phone, or smart TV.

Galaxy Unpacked event is not just about phones as it often includes live demonstrations, design showcases, and announcements about Samsung’s latest innovations.

Official Livestream:

  • Samsung Newsroom – LINK
  • Samsung YouTube – LINK

Samsung Galaxy S26 Unpacked

The main highlight of the event will be the Galaxy S26 series, including the Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26+, and Galaxy S26 Ultra. These phones are expected to feature improved cameras, faster processors, and other new technologies that Samsung has been working on.

In addition, Samsung may also introduce a new generation of wireless earbuds, offering better sound and extra features to pair with the new phones. Most importantly, it will announce stable One UI 8.5 for Galaxy S26 along with several exclusive features.

If you want to stay updated, follow Samsung’s official channels and social media for launch and official announcements. Make sure to mark your calendar for February 25 and join the live stream. Stay tuned with us.

Samsung announces Galaxy S26 Unpacked, February 25 event invites out

The post Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026 Event: When and where to watch Galaxy S26 launch appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra: what to expect

Samsung officially confirmed the February 25 launch date for the Galaxy S26 series and is now accepting pre-reservations – this is just a promo campaign that offers a $30/€30 discount if you sign up for an email notification. We will talk about prices later, but first let’s look at what’s new. It goes without saying that this isn’t based on official information. Here is a list of all the most plausible rumors concerning the upcoming flagship. Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra (speculative renders, source) Privacy display Privacy displays are nothing new – some laptops have...

Baseus EnerGeek GT 21 combines charger & power bank; powers 3 devices at once

Baseus has introduced a new portable charger in China that tries to solve a common annoyance: carrying both a wall charger and a power bank.

The new EnerGeek GT 21 combines the two into a single device. It’s a 67W charger with built-in AC prongs, but it also packs a 10,000mAh battery inside. So you can plug it directly into a wall like a normal adapter, or toss it in a bag and use it as a power bank later. It includes a retractable USB-C cable built into the body, which extends up to about 80cm.

In addition to the built-in cable, there’s a USB-C port and a USB-A port. You can charge up to three devices at once, though power is shared when everything is plugged in.

When used as a power bank with all three outputs active, the built-in cable can deliver up to 45W, while the remaining two ports share a combined 15W.

There’s also a small digital display on the front. It shows remaining battery percentage and output details.

On the battery side, the capacity is rated at 10,000mAh, which should provide at least one full charge for most modern smartphones in real-world conditions. It supports common fast-charging standards like PD, PPS, AFC, UFCS, and SCP, so compatibility shouldn’t be an issue either.

The foldable prongs make it easier to carry, and the size appears compact enough to replace both a wall brick and a power bank in a travel bag. For frequent travelers, that kind of consolidation can actually make a difference.

The EnerGeek GT 21 is currently priced at CNY 399 (around $58) in China. There’s no word yet on international availability, but Baseus typically brings its products to other markets, so a wider launch wouldn’t be surprising.

It’s not a revolutionary device, but it does feel practical. If the build quality holds up, it could be a solid option for people who want fewer cables and fewer chargers to think about

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source)

The post Baseus EnerGeek GT 21 combines charger & power bank; powers 3 devices at once appeared first on Gizmochina.

Casio launches premium G-Shock MRGB2100D-2A in the US with titanium build and Bluetooth sync

Casio-MRGB2100D-2A

Casio has launched the MRGB2100D-2A in the United States. The premium G-Shock MR-G timepiece had previously been released in Japan, Europe, and the UK. It is priced at $4,700 and now joins the brand’s US catalog as part of the flagship MRG-B2100 series.

Casio MRGB2100D-2A

Casio MRGB2100D-2A Specifications

The MRGB2100D-2A has a silver-toned case with a blue dial inspired by the Japanese hanada-iro shade. The dial features a horizontal texture, bold metallic hour markers, a framed date window at 3 o’clock, and a small day sub-dial at 7 o’clock, creating a balanced, highly legible layout.

Casio builds the MRGB2100D-2A using premium materials. Its octagonal bezel is made of Cobarion, a Japanese alloy four times harder than titanium with a platinum-like shine. The case and crown use Ti64 titanium, while the bracelet is crafted from DAT55G, another titanium alloy prized for its durability and wear resistance. Each of the 27 bezel components is individually polished for precision, and a titanium carbide coating further improves scratch resistance.

Casio MRGB2100D-2A

The watch features solar-powered timekeeping, Multi-Band 6 radio calibration, and Bluetooth connectivity via Casio’s Mobile Link app, which enables auto time adjustment, watch status updates, and a phone finder. It offers 200-meter water resistance, magnetic resistance, a screw-lock crown, and sapphire crystal glass with an anti-reflective coating.

Casio MRGB2100D-2A

Casio includes additional design elements inspired by traditional Japanese woodworking techniques. The dial’s latticework structure, known as kigumi, allows light to pass through and power the solar panel. The 12 o’clock marker features a precision-assembled two-part structure that reflects Yamagata Casio’s advanced manufacturing technology.

The MRGB2100D-2A weighs 122 grams and measures 49.5 x 44.4 x 13.6 mm. It supports a full-auto calendar, LED Super Illuminator light, and power-saving mode. The watch is available now through the official Casio store and select retailers.

In related news, Casio’s latest G-Shock and Baby-G lineup introduces playful pastel tones with translucent straps, while two new Valentine’s-themed Baby-G models have also launched in the US.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

The post Casio launches premium G-Shock MRGB2100D-2A in the US with titanium build and Bluetooth sync appeared first on Gizmochina.

Say Goodbye to “Hey Siri”: Apple’s Silent AI Is Coming, And It Can Read Your Lips

apple aipods 3

Key Highlights:

  • Apple has reportedly acquired Israeli AI startup Q.ai for ~$2 billion.
  • Future AirPods could enable silent, lip-based interaction.
  • The move signals Apple’s deeper push into AI-powered wearable interfaces.

Apple is reportedly exploring a future where users can interact with devices without speaking. According to reports from Financial Times and Reuters, the company has acquired Israeli startup Q.ai for approximately $2 billion, its largest deal since acquiring Beats Electronics.

Q.ai specializes in machine learning systems that analyze micro-movements in facial skin, lip motions, and subtle muscle activity. The technology can detect silently mouthed words, emotional expressions, and even physiological indicators like heart rate and breathing patterns.

Industry analyst Ming-Chi Kuo has previously predicted camera-enabled AirPods could launch in 2026, potentially featuring infrared sensors similar to Face ID’s depth-mapping system. Combined with Q.ai’s algorithms, such hardware could allow users to send messages, activate Siri, or control music without saying a word.

The technology may also extend beyond earbuds to devices like Apple Vision Pro and future smart glasses. Q.ai’s founder, Aviad Maizels, previously co-founded PrimeSense, whose 3D sensing technology later evolved into Apple’s Face ID system.

If implemented, silent facial input could mark a shift from voice commands to discreet, sensor-based interaction, reshaping how users engage with wearable AI while raising new privacy questions.

Privacy Questions:

Silent facial tracking raises significant privacy considerations. Continuous monitoring of lip and muscle movements could generate highly sensitive biometric data. If stored improperly, such data might reveal emotional states, health indicators, or private communications. There are also concerns about potential misuse, including unauthorized tracking or remote intent detection.

If implemented, silent facial input could redefine human-computer interaction, while intensifying the debate over how much data wearable devices should be allowed to observe.

Read More:

The post Say Goodbye to “Hey Siri”: Apple’s Silent AI Is Coming, And It Can Read Your Lips appeared first on Gizmochina.

Lenovo Legion Y700 (2026) promises 54.8% lower latency with AI acceleration, adds 2640Hz touch response

Lenovo Legion Y700 (2026)

Lenovo has officially started teasing its upcoming Legion Y700 (2026), which is set to launch in March. The company claims the device features a new AI-powered network acceleration system that can reduce game latency by 54.8% in complex network conditions. The tablet also lowers in-game stutter rates by 42.7% compared to rival models, according to Lenovo’s internal data.

The Legion Y700 (2026) introduces a dedicated acceleration channel for gaming. Lenovo says the AI engine detects congested or unstable network environments and prioritizes real-time gaming traffic to reduce packet loss and jitter.

Lenovo Legion Y700 (2026)
Lenovo Legion Y700 (2026)

Lenovo also teased that the tablet supports a 2640Hz touch sampling rate. The display is tuned for ultra-fast response, allowing for near-instant input detection. The company describes it as “instant touch, instant response,” reinforcing the tablet’s focus on performance gaming.

In an earlier teaser, Lenovo confirmed that the Legion Y700 will feature an 8.8-inch 3K+ LCD display with a resolution of 3040 x 1904 pixels, a 165Hz refresh rate, and 12-bit color depth. The screen supports up to 800 nits of peak brightness and the DCI-P3 wide color gamut.

Lenovo also explained that the 165Hz refresh rate reduces the refresh interval to 6.06ms, compared to 6.94ms at 144Hz and 16.67ms at 60Hz, resulting in lower input latency and improved motion clarity during gameplay.

According to a leak from Digital Chat Station, the Lenovo Legion Y700 (2026) will be powered by Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset. The tablet is expected to launch in multiple variants, including 12GB + 256GB, 16GB + 512GB, and 24GB + 1TB configurations.

It will feature a 50MP rear camera with an RGB ring light and pack a roughly 9,000mAh battery. The retail box will include a 68W fast charger, and the device is also said to come with dual USB-C ports.

While it’s not Lenovo’s first AI-enabled product, this is its most aggressive attempt to blend AI into the gaming tablet experience. The Legion Y700 (2026) will be available in black and white colors.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

The post Lenovo Legion Y700 (2026) promises 54.8% lower latency with AI acceleration, adds 2640Hz touch response appeared first on Gizmochina.

iPhone 18 Pro, Pro Max pricing tipped amid rising memory costs

Memory prices have been climbing for a while, largely because of strong demand from AI infrastructure and data centers. That usually spells trouble for smartphone pricing. But if recent analyst notes are accurate, Apple isn’t planning to pass those increases directly to buyers of its next Pro iPhones.

According to GF Securities analyst Jeff Pu, Apple intends to keep the starting prices of the iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max in line with their predecessors. That would mean $1,099 and $1,199 respectively for base 256GB configurations, assuming no last-minute changes.

The information comes from supply chain checks shared in a note reviewed by MacRumors. Pu suggests Apple has been negotiating aggressively with memory suppliers, including Samsung and SK Hynix, to soften the impact of rising DRAM and NAND prices. Similar negotiations are reportedly taking place around display panels and camera modules.

In short, Apple appears willing to absorb some of the pressure.

Apple has also shifted to quarterly memory contract negotiations instead of semi-annual agreements, giving it more flexibility, though that could also mean exposure to further price bumps later in 2026.

Even so, Kuo believes Apple’s strategy is clear: keep entry pricing stable for the Pro models, even if that trims margins slightly in the short term.

That wouldn’t be surprising. Apple’s Services business continues to grow steadily, bringing in over $30 billion in a single quarter recently. A stable hardware price helps protect market share, and any margin pressure on devices can be offset over time through ecosystem revenue.

The broader industry isn’t quite as insulated. IDC has warned that smartphone prices could rise by 6–8% this year due to component shortages. Meanwhile, Samsung executives have already hinted at cost pressures ahead of upcoming launches.

For now, the iPhone 18 Pro lineup is expected to arrive in September 2026. Nothing is official yet, and pricing decisions often come down to late-stage market conditions. But if these reports hold true, Apple seems prepared to lean on its scale.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

The post iPhone 18 Pro, Pro Max pricing tipped amid rising memory costs appeared first on Gizmochina.

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs 8 Gen 5 vs 8 Elite: Benchmark scores, spec sheet, and key differences

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 vs Snapdragon 8 Elite
Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 vs Snapdragon 8 Elite

The original Snapdragon 8 Elite was introduced in 2024 as the company’s first mobile chipset featuring an Oryon CPU, then came the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 next year as its successor, which was earlier supposed to launch as Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 2, but Qualcomm had a different plan.

A few weeks after the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 2’s announcement, Qualcomm followed up with the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 as an affordable flagship alternative for premium mid-range devices. While it appears to be a successor to Snapdragon 8 Elite, the latter actually delivers better performance. The inconsistent naming scheme from Qualcomm is confusing many people, so we’ve created this detailed post explaining how the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, Snapdragon 8 Gen 5, and Snapdragon 8 Elite stack up against each other.

Here’s the spec sheet for a quick overview:

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5Snapdragon 8 Gen 5Snapdragon 8 Elite
AnnouncedSeptember 2025November 2025October 2024
Process nodeTSMC’s 3nm (N3P)TSMC’s 3nm (N3P)TSMC’s 3nm (N3E)
CPU cores8-core8-core8-core
CPU cores2 x 4.61GHz — Oryon (3rd gen)
6 x 3.63GHz — Oryon (3rd gen)
2 x 3.8GHz — Oryon (3rd gen)
6 x 3.32GHz — Oryon (3rd gen)
2 x 4.32GHz — Oryon (2nd gen)
6 x 3.53GHz — Oryon (2nd gen)
GPUAdreno 840
Ray tracing support
Snapdragon Elite Gaming features
Adreno 829
Ray tracing support
Snapdragon Elite Gaming features
Adreno 830
Ray tacing support
Snapdragon Elite Gaming features
NPUQualcomm Hexagon NPU
Agentic AI support
Qualcomm Hexagon NPU
Agentic AI support
Qualcomm Hexagon NPU
MemoryLPDDR5X, up to 5.3GHzLPDDR5X, up to 4.8GHzLPDDR5X, up to 5.3GHz
StorageUFS 4.1UFS 4.1UFS 4.0
CameraQualcomm Spectra ISP (Triple AI-ISPs, 20-bit)
up to 320MP single camera
up to 108MP single camera (MFNR, ZSL, 30fps)
up to 48MP triple camera (MFNR, ZSL, 30fps)
up to 4K/120fps video recording
real-time semantic segmentation (limitless)
Advanced Professional Video (APV) codec
Qualcomm Spectra ISP (Triple AI-ISPs, 20-bit)
up to 320MP single camera
up to 108MP single camera (MFNR, ZSL, 30fps)
up to 48MP triple camera (MFNR, ZSL, 30fps)
up to 4K/120fps video recording
real-time semantic segmentation
Qualcomm Spectra ISP (Triple AI-ISPs, 18-bit)
up to 320MP single camera
up to 108MP single camera (MFNR, ZSL, 30fps)
up to 48MP triple cameras (MFNR, ZSL, 30fps)
real-time semantic segmentation (limitless)
up to 8K/30fps video recording
ConnectivitySnapdragon X85 5G modem
download speed: 12.5Gbps (peak)
upload speed: 3.7Gbps (peak)
Wi-Fi 7 (peak speed: 5.8Gbps)
Bluetooth 6.0
Snapdragon X80 5G modem
download speed: 10Gbps (peak)
upload speed: 3.5Gbps (peak)
Wi-Fi 7 (peak speed:5.8 Gbps)
Bluetooth 6.0
Snapdragon X80 5G modem
download speed: 10Gbps (peak)
upload speed: 3.5Gbps (peak)
Wi-Fi 7 (peak speed: 5.8 Gbps)
Bluetooth 6.0

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs 8 Gen 5 vs 8 Elite: Benchmark numbers

Note: The benchmark tests were performed on the iQOO 15 (Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5), OnePlus 15R (Snapdragon 8 Gen 5), and OnePlus 13 (Snapdragon 8 Elite).

Geekbench performance

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs 8 Gen 5 vs 8 Elite - Geekbench score

The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, unsurprisingly, achieves the highest score in both single-core and multi-core tests (3649, 10682), followed by the Snapdragon 8 Elite, which gets about 7% higher single-core score than the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5, while the multi-core scores for the two chips don’t have a big difference.

Single coreMulti core
SD 8 Elite Gen 53,64910,682
SD 8 Gen 52,8379,352
SD 8 Elite3,0269,306

AnTuTu performance

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs 8 Gen 5 vs 8 Elite - AnTuTu score

The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 is far ahead of the other two, with a total score above 3.7 million. The Snapdragon 8 Elite almost touches the 3 million mark, while the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 is just below it, scoring 2.96 million points.

AnTuTu score
SD 8 Elite Gen 53,751,084
SD 8 Gen 52,961,236
SD 8 Elite2,994,563

3DMark performance

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs 8 Gen 5 vs 8 Elite - 3DMark Wild Life Extreme score

The result isn’t any different on 3DMark than AnTuTu and Geekbench. The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 pulls off the best high score in the Wild Life Extreme test, followed by the Snapdragon 8 Elite and then the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5.

High scoreLow score
SD 8 Elite Gen 57,2403,219
SD 8 Gen 55,0093,321
SD 8 Elite6,6284,155

However, things get interesting when you look at low scores. The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 has the worst low score of 3,219. In contrast, the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 scores 3,321 points, and the Snapdragon 8 Elite scores 4,155 points. This could mean a higher gaming stability on a Snapdragon 8 Elite-powered device than on devices powered by the other two chipsets. However, that also depends on the software tuning, gaming optimizations, and cooling solution of a device.

The benchmarks focus solely on performance and don’t address other important aspects, such as connectivity and camera capabilities. Let’s talk about them and other important stuff in the following section to get the complete picture.

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs 8 Gen 5 vs 8 Elite: Key differences

CPU, GPU, and NPU

The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 and 8 Gen 5 have been manufactured using TSMC’s 3nm (N3P) node, which offers slightly improved performance and efficiency over the N3E node used for the Snapdragon 8 Elite.

All three Qualcomm chips have the same 2+6 core configuration. The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 and 8 Gen 5 feature third-generation Oryon CPU, while the Snapdragon 8 Elite has a second-generation Oryon CPU. Despite a generation older CPU, the 8 Elite beats the 8 Gen 5 on benchmarks because its cores run at higher clock speeds.

As for graphics rendering, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 features the powerful Adreno 840 GPU with excellent ray tracing capabilities, along with a full suite of Snapdragon Elite Gaming features to enhance the gaming experience further. In contrast, the 8 Gen 5 has an Adreno 829, and the 8 Elite has Adreno 830. Both GPUs support ray tracing and offer Snapdragon Elite Gaming features.

Now, coming to AI capabilities, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 features the largest and most capable NPU with agentic AI support. The NPU performance of the two other chips is nearly identical, but the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5’s official page mentions agentic AI support, whereas the Snapdragon 8 Elite doesn’t.

Camera and Imaging

The camera capabilities of the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 and 8 Gen 5 are nearly identical, except that the latest Elite chip features Advanced Professional Video (APV) codes for near-lossless, pro-grade capture and limitless real-time semantic segmentation. The Snapdragon 8 Elite features a lower-bit ISP, while the rest of its specs are mostly the same as those of the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5.

Connectivity

While all three Qualcomm chips offer robust connectivity features, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 excels by delivering higher download and upload speeds over 5G. The rest of the connectivity specs are almost the same.

The post Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 vs 8 Gen 5 vs 8 Elite: Benchmark scores, spec sheet, and key differences appeared first on Gizmochina.

Why Elon Musk Wants to Build an AI Factory on the Moon?

elon musk

Highlights:

  • Elon Musk proposed building a Moon factory to produce AI-powered satellites.
  • The plan includes launching satellites using an electromagnetic “Mass Drive” system.
  • The proposal comes as xAI faces leadership exits and possible IPO pressure.

AI- generated image for representation only
  • Elon Musk has proposed building a factory on the Moon to manufacture AI-powered satellites, according to a February 10 report by The New York Times. Musk shared the idea during an internal xAI meeting, suggesting that lunar infrastructure could unlock computing power far beyond today’s limits.

The concept includes a giant electromagnetic catapult, often described as a “mass driver,” that would launch satellites into space from the Moon’s lower-gravity environment. Musk reportedly argued that future AI systems will require unprecedented computing capacity and that Earth alone may not be enough.

The proposal expands on Musk’s broader space-AI strategy following the merger of xAI and SpaceX. The long-term vision includes building a self-sustaining Moon city, then moving toward Mars colonization and eventually interstellar exploration. However, no timeline or construction roadmap was shared.

The timing is notable. xAI, founded in 2023 and known for its Grok chatbot integrated into X, is reportedly facing internal leadership changes. Investors are said to be focused on near-term growth and a potential IPO within 18–24 months. Meanwhile, SpaceX is also preparing for a possible public offering.

Musk recently claimed X has about 600 million monthly active users, though the number has not been independently verified.

While supporters see bold innovation, critics question whether now is the right moment for such an ambitious lunar pivot.

Why Moon Has Advantages for an AI Factory?

  • Lower gravity makes it easier and cheaper to launch satellites into space.
  • No atmosphere means fewer weather delays during launches.
  • Abundant solar energy with long periods of sunlight.
  • Large open space for building massive facilities.
  • Fewer environmental regulations compared to Earth.
  • Potential access to lunar resources for construction materials.
  • Cooler space environment could help with heat management for data systems.
  • Less risk of natural disasters like earthquakes or storms.
  • Strategic position for launching satellites into deep space.

Read More:

(via)

The post Why Elon Musk Wants to Build an AI Factory on the Moon? appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi 18, Vivo X500: Standard, Pro, and Max models tipped to launch in September

Last year, Xiaomi unveiled the Xiaomi 18 series in the same month as the first phones powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 in China. On the other hand, Vivo introduced the Vivo X300 and X300 Pro as the world’s first phones featuring the Dimensity 9500 chip in China. It appears both brands could once again be among the first to launch flagship phones equipped with next-generation flagship chipsets this year.

September launch window and chipset plans

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6, Dimensity 9600 phones to launch in September, claims DCS

According to tipster Digital Chat Station, new smartphones powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 series and the MediaTek Dimensity 9600 series are currently scheduled for a September debut. Interestingly, the tip suggests that brands planning to introduce these next-generation chipsets are preparing to offer three versions as standard practice, namely a regular model, a Pro variant, and a Pro Max edition.

To recall, the Xiaomi 17 lineup, which debuted in September 2025, included three models: Xiaomi 17, 17 Pro, and 17 Pro Max. These models are likely to be succeeded by the Xiaomi 18, 18 Pro, and 18 Pro Max in the same month this year.

While Vivo announced the Vivo X300 and X300 Pro in September last year, it appears that this year’s lineup may launch earlier and is likely to include three models, such as the Vivo X500, X500 Pro, and X500 Pro Max. Rumors suggest that the X400 branding may be skipped, as the number 4 is considered an unlucky number in some Asian countries.

Readers should note that the tipster has not specified any device names in the leak. The Oppo Find X10 series is also expected to include the Find X10, X10 Pro, and X10 Pro Max powered by the Dimensity 9600. So, it remains unclear whether the tipster was referring to Oppo or Vivo as the other brand alongside Xiaomi. However, in recent years, Vivo has often been the first brand to launch MediaTek’s latest flagship chipsets, so the second brand mentioned in the leak could be Vivo. Readers are advised to treat this information cautiously.

In today’s leak, DCS also cautions that the company expected to debut the new chip in September is unlikely to ship its device with the SM8975, also referred to as the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro, as a standard configuration. The reason cited is the extremely high cost of the 2nm chipset, which could significantly impact pricing.

Here, the tipster may be suggesting that Xiaomi will not launch a Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro-powered phone in September. Previous leaks have claimed that this chip is designed for ultra-premium devices and is likely to power the Xiaomi 18 Ultra, which may debut by the end of this year in China.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Xiaomi 18, Vivo X500: Standard, Pro, and Max models tipped to launch in September appeared first on Gizmochina.

China’s ByteDance & Alibaba Take on Google’s Nano Banana in AI Image War

china vs google

Highlights:

  • ByteDance launches Seedream 5.0 with advanced image editing and lower pricing.
  • Alibaba unveils Qwen-Image-2.0, supporting 1K-token prompts and 2K images.
  • Both models directly challenge Google’s Nano Banana Pro amid rising US-China AI rivalry.

AI-generated image for representation only

China’s tech giants are accelerating the global AI race. ByteDance and Alibaba Cloud have introduced new image-generation models designed to compete with Google’s Nano Banana Pro.

The launches highlight growing competition between China and the United States in creative AI tools. Both companies aim to lower costs while improving performance for businesses and individual creators.

ByteDance’s Seedream 5.0 is now available for beta testing on Jimeng in China and on CapCut globally. The company says the model has stronger reasoning skills and a better understanding of complex prompts.

It allows users to edit specific parts of an image without regenerating the entire design. In one test, a “snowy night” scene was created and later modified by switching lights on and off, while keeping the rest unchanged.

The launch follows ByteDance’s recent Seedance 2.0 AI video model, which focuses on realistic AI-generated videos.

Alibaba Cloud’s Qwen-Image-2.0 combines image generation and editing in a single system. It supports up to 1,000-token prompts and produces 2K-resolution images.

The model can handle structured layouts, multi-panel designs, and consistent characters across scenes. It also performs strongly in rendering Chinese text and complex calligraphy.

Together, these launches position both firms as serious global competitors in AI-powered creative tools.

Major Features Compared:

FeatureByteDance Seedream 5.0Alibaba Qwen-Image 2.0Google Nano Banana Pro
DeveloperByteDanceAlibaba Cloud (Qwen team)Google DeepMind (Gemini)
Core FunctionText-to-image generation + editingUnified image generation + editingImage generation + advanced editing
Native Output ResolutionSupports 2K and 4K outputsNative 2K (2048×2048) outputUp to 4K resolution output
Prompt HandlingDesigned for detailed prompt understandingSupports long prompts (up to ~1K tokens)Advanced prompt-based generation (no official token limit stated)
Text RenderingGenerates legible text within imagesStrong typography and structured text renderingAdvanced multilingual text rendering
Generation + Editing IntegrationSupports selective image editsGeneration and editing integrated in one modelIntegrated image creation and editing tools
AvailabilityBeta testing via Jimeng (China) and CapCut (global)Available via Qwen platformsAvailable through Gemini apps and Google AI tools
Model Base / EngineProprietary Seedream modelQwen multimodal architectureBuilt on Gemini 3 Pro Image
Disclaimer: Feature details are based on publicly available data and may be subject to updates or changes.

Read More:

(via)

The post China’s ByteDance & Alibaba Take on Google’s Nano Banana in AI Image War appeared first on Gizmochina.

Motorola Edge 70 Fusion renders emerge to showcase five color options

Motorola Edge 70 Fusion color options

In January, well-known tipster Evan Blass shared the key specifications of the Motorola Edge 70 Fusion. Later, another report surfaced to showcase the phone in Silhouette (Black) and Country Air shades. Now, Blass is back again with a fresh set of images that showcase the phone in as many as five color options.

New renders highlight design and colour options

Motorola Edge 70 Fusion color options
Motorola Edge 70 Fusion color options

The latest set of images showcases the Motorola Edge 70 Fusion in other paintjobs, such as Blue Surf, Orient Blue, and Sporting Green. The renders indicate a familiar design language as the Edge 70, including Motorola’s signature rear camera layout and a textured back panel inspired by nylon and linen materials. The device appears relatively slim despite housing a large battery, suggesting that Motorola may be focusing on balancing ergonomics with endurance.

Promotional images accompanying the leak provide a clearer look at the curved edges and quad-curved display profile. While the overall aesthetic resembles earlier Edge series models, the updated finishes and materials give the device a slightly refreshed appearance. The smartphone is also expected to retain a premium design approach without moving into flagship pricing territory.

Readers can checkout the source link for more images.

Motorola Edge 70 Fusion specifications (rumored)

Motorola Edge 70 Fusion color options
Motorola Edge 70 Fusion color options

The Motorola Edge 70 Fusion is rumoured to feature a 6.78-inch quad-curved AMOLED display with 1.5K resolution, 144Hz refresh rate, HDR10+ support and peak brightness reaching up to 5,200 nits, protected by Gorilla Glass 7i. It could be powered by the Snapdragon 7s Gen 3 chipset paired with up to 12GB RAM and 256GB storage.

The handset may include a 50-megapixel primary camera using a Sony LYTIA sensor alongside a 32-megapixel front camera. It will house a large 7,000mAh battery with 68W charging support, Android 16 out of the box, IP68 and IP69 ratings, and MIL-STD-810H certification for durability.

Although pricing details remain unclear, the emergence of marketing materials indicates that the Edge 70 Fusion could be unveiled in the near future, likely targeting markets where previous Fusion models were available.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Motorola Edge 70 Fusion renders emerge to showcase five color options appeared first on Gizmochina.

Bluetooth Audio Beyond Phones: Why Faster Speakers Matter More Than Ever

faster speakers

Bluetooth audio has evolved far beyond simply connecting earbuds to smartphones. In 2026, it powers televisions, cars, laptops, gaming systems, and home entertainment setups. What was once a convenience feature is now the backbone of modern wireless sound. As this shift accelerates, brands that deliver practical and affordable solutions like Faster Speakers are becoming increasingly important.

From Wires to Wireless Living

Traditional audio systems came with long cables, complicated installations, and limited flexibility. Rearranging a room meant rearranging wires. Adding speakers required effort and compatibility checks. Bluetooth eliminated these everyday frustrations.

Today, users expect seamless pairing, automatic reconnection, and clean setups without clutter. Faster Speakers fit directly into this lifestyle by offering simple, user-friendly wireless audio designed for everyday use, not technical complexity.

2026: A Major Upgrade in Bluetooth Technology

Recent improvements such as Bluetooth LE Audio, the LC3 codec, multi-stream audio, and broadcast audio have significantly improved sound efficiency and clarity. These upgrades allow better audio quality at lower power consumption while enabling multiple device connections at once.

For brands like Faster, these advancements mean delivering reliable performance, strong battery life, and stable connectivity at accessible price points, making modern Bluetooth benefits available to more users.

Wireless Sound at Home, in Cars, and at Work

Bluetooth is now standard in cars for hands-free calling and music streaming. In homes, it allows wireless TV-to-headphone connections and clutter-free speaker setups. In hybrid work environments, stable Bluetooth audio ensures smoother meetings and easy device switching.

Faster Speakers align with this multi-device world. Designed for portability, travel, outdoor use, and home entertainment, they provide practical solutions without overwhelming users with unnecessary features.

Real-World Reliability Over Technical Specs

Today’s buyers prioritize quick pairing, consistent connection strength, long battery life, easy controls, and dependable after-sales support. Technical bitrate numbers matter less than real-world performance.

This is where Faster stands out. By focusing on everyday reliability and affordability, the brand addresses what users actually need, wireless sound that works consistently.

The Bigger Picture

Global Bluetooth device shipments crossed 5 billion in 2023 and continue to rise. The Bluetooth speaker market alone sold hundreds of millions of units recently, proving that wireless sound is now the default choice.

As Bluetooth becomes invisible, seamless infrastructure, brands like Faster Speakers play a key role in making that technology accessible. Wireless audio is no longer optional, and practical, reliable speakers are at the center of this transformation.

How to Choose the Right Bluetooth Device?

  • Bluetooth Version 5.2 or newer – Better stability, range, and efficiency.
  • Support for modern codecs (like LC3) – Clearer sound with lower battery usage.
  • Multi-device pairing – Easy switching between phone, laptop, and tablet.
  • Strong battery life – Longer playback and fewer charging interruptions.
  • Stable connectivity – Performs well even in crowded wireless environments.
  • Low latency support – Important for gaming and video streaming.
  • Comfort and build quality – Especially for earbuds and headphones.
  • Simple controls – Easy buttons or touch controls for daily use.
  • Reliable warranty & support – Ensures long-term peace of mind.

The post Bluetooth Audio Beyond Phones: Why Faster Speakers Matter More Than Ever appeared first on Gizmochina.

Infinix Note 60’s Geekbench listing reveals an upgraded Dimensity chipset

Infinix Note 60 Pro

Infinix has started teasing the arrival of the Note 60 series for the global market. The Note 60 Pro will be the company’s first smartphone to feature a Snapdragon chip, but this will not be the case for the standard Note 60. A Geekbench listing that surfaced today reveals it will feature a MediaTek chip.

Infinix Note 60 Geekbench listing

Infinix Note 60 Geekbench
Infinix Note 60 Geekbench

A forthcoming Infinix smartphone with the model number X6879 has appeared on Geekbench. This device was previously spotted on an Indonesian certification platform with the Infinix Note 60 branding.

The Note 60’s Geekbench listing reveals that its MediaTek chip comprises four cores running at 2.0GHz and four cores operating at 2.60GHz. For graphics, it features the Mali-G615 MC2 GPU. These details strongly suggest that the Note 60 is powered by the Dimensity 7400, which is likely to be marketed as the Dimensity 7400 Ultimate.

The Geekbench listing also shows 8GB of RAM and Android 16. In Geekbench 6.5’s single-core and multi-core tests, the device scored 1,055 and 3,097 points, respectively.

The inclusion of the Dimensity 7400 Ultimate will be an upgrade as the previous generation featured the Dimensity 7300 Ultimate. For those who don’t, the predecessor was called the Note 50s 5G as the brand skipped the Note 50 model.

The Infinix Note 60 is likely to borrow some specifications from the Note 60 Pro. It may feature a 144Hz AMOLED screen and a 6,500mAh battery, but it may not include the dot-matrix rear display, which is expected to remain exclusive to the Pro variant.

At present, there is no additional information about the Note 60 series. Since the brand has already begun teasing the lineup, it appears that the launch could take place within the next few weeks.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

(via)

The post Infinix Note 60’s Geekbench listing reveals an upgraded Dimensity chipset appeared first on Gizmochina.

Redmi K90 Ultra expected to launch this month with built-in cooling fan, 165Hz display, 8,500mAh battery

Redmi K80 Ultra

Redmi is reportedly working on the Redmi K90 Ultra for China. It will succeed the Redmi K80 Ultra, which debuted in June 2025. A previous report claimed that the K90 Ultra would launch much earlier than its predecessor. Now, a new Weibo post by a reliable tipster has emerged supporting this claim.

Redmi K90 Ultra launch timeframe (rumored)

According to Experience More, a sub-series performance-focused smartphone powered by the Dimensity 9500 is currently in development. While he did not mention the name of the device, it appears that he could be referring to the Redmi K90 Ultra.

He added that the device, carrying the model number 2604FRK1EC, is said to feature an ultra-high refresh rate display along with a built-in cooling fan, indicating a strong focus on gaming and sustained performance. This model number, along with its Redmi K90 Ultra branding, was spotted in the GSMA IMEI database back in December 2025.

The numbers “2604” indicate that the Redmi K90 Ultra may debut as early as April in China. The device will be powered by the Dimensity 9500, not the Dimensity 9500 Plus chip as previously speculated. The D9500+ is expected much later in the second half of the year.

Redmi K80 Ultra
Redmi K80 Ultra

One of the major highlights of the Redmi K90 Ultra will be its built-in cooling system, a first for a Xiaomi phone. It is expected to feature a massive 6.8-inch display offering a 1.5K resolution and a 165Hz refresh rate. Under the hood, it may pack an 8,500mAh battery with 100W charging. Other rumored features include a metal frame, an ultrasonic in-display fingerprint sensor, and full water resistance.

The Xiaomi 17T Pro is said to be a tweaked version of the K90 Ultra designed for the global market. This device, which is said to carry the model number 2602EPTC0G, may lack a few features, including the cooling fan. The model number for the 17T Pro also hints at an early launch, but since the Xiaomi 17 and 17 Ultra have not yet launched globally, it appears that the 17T Pro may debut within the first half of this year.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Redmi K90 Ultra expected to launch this month with built-in cooling fan, 165Hz display, 8,500mAh battery appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi 2K Monitor A27Qi 2026 launches with improved color accuracy, 1,300:1 contrast ratio, and 120Hz refresh rate,

Xiaomi has quietly introduced a refreshed version of its affordable 27-inch QHD monitor. The original A27Qi arrived in Europe last year and positioned itself as a solid budget option for work and general use. The 2026 version doesn’t reinvent the formula, but it refines it in areas that actually matter.

At its core, this is still a 27-inch IPS monitor with a 2560 × 1440 resolution. Brightness is rated at 300 nits, response time sits at 6ms (GtG), and viewing angles remain the typical 178 degrees you’d expect from an IPS panel.

Color coverage is also familiar: 100% sRGB and 95% DCI-P3, with 8-bit color depth. TÜV Rheinland-certified low blue light support and DC dimming are included for more comfortable long sessions. So far, very similar to the previous model.

What’s actually improved

The 2026 model now offers ΔE <1 factory calibration, which is a notable upgrade. For photo editing, design work, or content creation, tighter color accuracy out of the box is a welcome improvement.

Contrast has also been bumped to 1,300:1, which should translate to slightly deeper blacks and better separation in darker scenes. It’s not a dramatic shift, but it’s measurable.

The panel now runs at 120Hz, up from 100Hz on the previous version. It will make scrolling, UI animations, and light gaming feel smoother.

Pricing and availability

The monitor has launched in Thailand at THB 4,990, which converts to roughly $159 at current exchange rates. That’s about THB 100 more than the previous generation, an increase for the added features.

Xiaomi hasn’t confirmed broader availability yet, but given how the original model rolled out, it’s reasonable to expect a wider release later.

This isn’t a flashy upgrade. There’s no OLED panel or ultra-high brightness claims here. But for under $200, getting QHD resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, strong color coverage, and sub-ΔE 1 calibration is genuinely competitive.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source: Xiaomi)

The post Xiaomi 2K Monitor A27Qi 2026 launches with improved color accuracy, 1,300:1 contrast ratio, and 120Hz refresh rate, appeared first on Gizmochina.

The Best USB-C Hubs You Can Buy in 2026

UGREEN-Revodok-105-USB-C-Hub

In 2026, USB-C hubs continue to serve as critical accessories for laptops, tablets, and hybrid workspaces. The best hubs now combine fast charging, high-speed data transfer, 4K displays, and multi-device compatibility into compact packages.

The market includes streamlined options for travel and powerful docks for desktop use. Here are five top-rated USB-C hubs of 2026 that stand out in performance, reliability, and value.

Anker 555 USB-C Hub (8-in-1)

Anker 555 USB-C Hub

The 555 USB-C Hub from Anker remains a reliable choice for users who need basic expansion without clutter. It adds eight ports, including a 4K HDMI output, 100W USB-C Power Delivery (with 85W pass-through), two USB-A 3.2 ports, a USB-C data port, Ethernet, and dual SD card readers.

The USB-C data port supports 10Gbps transfers, but it does not support video output. The hub is compatible with most MacBook Pro and Air models, Dell XPS laptops, and iPad Pro. It delivers dependable performance for general productivity, video streaming, and media transfer. The build feels solid, and its compact form factor makes it ideal for mobile users who don’t need advanced display setups.

Baseus 12-in-1 USB-C Hub

Baseus 12-in-1 USB-C Hub

Baseus takes a more feature-rich approach with its 12-in-1 USB-C hub. It includes dual HDMI (both supporting 4K@60Hz), DisplayPort, three USB-A 3.0 ports, a USB-C data port, SD/TF card readers, Ethernet, a 100W PD port, and a 3.5mm headphone jack. This hub can support three extended displays on Windows laptops with AMD graphics and DP 1.4 support.

The hub sits beneath the laptop and raises it slightly for improved typing ergonomics. Its wide compatibility list includes MacBooks, Surface devices, Dell and HP ultrabooks, and many Android tablets and phones. It targets users who rely on multiple monitors and wired accessories. macOS display mirroring limitations still apply, but for Windows productivity users, this hub delivers impressive flexibility.

Hiearcool 7-in-1 USB-C Hub

Hiearcool 7-in-1 USB-C Hub

The Hiearcool 7-in-1 USB-C hub remains one of the most affordable and best-reviewed compact hubs. It costs under $30 and includes 4K HDMI, dual USB-A 3.0 ports, SD and microSD slots, a 100W charging-only USB-C port, and plug-and-play setup.

Transfer speeds reach up to 5Gbps, and its aluminum body is durable for travel use. However, it lacks Ethernet and does not allow simultaneous SD and TF card use. For casual users, students, and those who travel light, it remains a dependable choice.

Ugreen Revodok Pro 210

Ugreen Revodok Pro 210

The Revodok Pro 210 is built for creators and professionals who need multiple high-resolution displays. It supports dual HDMI output at 4K@60Hz or single HDMI at 8K@30Hz. The 10-in-1 port layout includes USB-C and USB-A 3.0 for 5Gbps transfers, USB-A 2.0 for peripherals, Gigabit Ethernet, SD/TF readers, and 100W PD charging.

The Revodok weighs more than others on this list, but its premium build and extended compatibility make it a reliable choice for creative professionals who depend on color-accurate displays and fast media transfers. It fits into complex workstation setups with ease.

Plugable 9-in-1 USB-C Hub

Plugable 9-in-1 USB-C Hub

The 9-in-1 USB-C hub from Plugable includes features that target power users. It supports 140W USB-C PD 3.1 input and delivers up to 125W charging to laptops. The port layout includes 4K@60Hz HDMI, a USB-C 10Gbps port, two USB-A 10Gbps ports, a USB 2.0 port, SD/microSD card slots with UHS-II support, and a Gigabit Ethernet port.

Its built-in 7.5-inch cable simplifies cable management, and its compatibility list covers almost all modern USB-C laptops. This hub charges large MacBooks and Windows workstations quickly while handling high-speed file transfers and stable display output.

In related news, you can also explore our latest roundup of the best ultra-slim power banks available in 2026.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

The post The Best USB-C Hubs You Can Buy in 2026 appeared first on Gizmochina.

Android 17 beta is coming soon, confirms Google

Android 17 beta 1 release
Android 17 beta 1 release

Google has just released Android 16 QPR3 Beta 2.1 to Google Pixels, and that would be the final release based on the current OS. The company has now officially confirmed that it’s working on Android 17 and that the first beta build will be released soon.

Android 17 Beta 1 releasing soon

The first public beta of Android 17 will be released soon, says Google. Notably, this won’t be a Developer Preview build. If you’ve followed the development cycles for an upcoming Android OS in the past, you’d know that first builds are generally labelled Developer Preview builds (Android 16 had two of them), and then beta builds are released, but that’s changing this year with Android 17.

Google says Android 17 Beta 1 “builds on top of Android 16 QPR platform release and includes the latest bug fixes and improvements to stability and performance.” Past leaks suggest several new features and improved gaming capabilities are coming to the upcoming Android OS, among many other improvements. We’ll learn more about the changes once the first beta build goes live, which could arrive as early as this month or next month, while the stable build of Android 17 should land around June 2026.

Google Pixel users will have the first bite, as always. Those currently on Android 16 QPR3 Beta 2.1 and choose to remain enrolled in the Android Beta Program will automatically receive the Android 17 Beta 1 update. If they don’t want to receive the beta update, they must opt out of the beta program.

As for the other brands, the Android 17 beta update may arrive on select devices a few weeks after it is released to Google Pixels. We’ll continue to track the development and update you on the same in our Android 17 section. Remember to visit the section regularly for the latest updates. Or, join our Telegram channel to get instant notifications about the latest happenings in tech.

The post Android 17 beta is coming soon, confirms Google appeared first on Gizmochina.

Realme Power spotted on TENAA with full specifications ahead of launch

Realme P4 Power

Realme recently unveiled the Realme P4 Power in India, and the USP of the device is that it packs the largest battery ever on a Realme phone — a massive 10,001mAh unit. Now, its Chinese variant appears to be on the verge of launch, as a new Realme smartphone carrying the RMX5166 model number has surfaced on China’s TENAA certification database. It is speculated that the device may carry the Realme Power branding in China, dropping the “P4” moniker. The listing reveals key specifications that appear identical to the global edition.

Realme Power specifications

Realme P4 Power
Realme P4 Power

According to the TENAA listing, the RMX5166 features a 6.8-inch AMOLED display with a 2800 × 1280 resolution and 1.5K clarity. The panel supports 10-bit colour depth (1.07 billion colors), suggesting a focus on vibrant visuals.

Under the hood, the device is powered by an octa-core processor clocked at 2.6GHz, which appears to be the Dimensity 7400 Ultra. The phone is listed with 6GB, 8GB, 12GB, and 16GB RAM options, paired with 128GB, 256GB, 512GB, and 1TB storage variants. In India, the device ships with 12GB of RAM and 256GB of built-in storage.

In terms of optics, the rear houses a 50-megapixel primary camera alongside an 8-megapixel secondary sensor, while the front features a 16-megapixel selfie camera. Powering the handset is a 9,750mAh rated battery, which typically translates to a slightly higher advertised capacity. Given that the Indian edition offers a 10,001mAh battery, the Chinese variant is expected to feature similar battery positioning. The TENAA listing also reveals other features like an in-screen fingerprint sensor and an IR blaster.

Dimension-wise, the device measures 162.26 x 76.15 x 9.08mm and weighs 219 grams, reflecting the trade-off for the massive battery capacity. With TENAA certification now complete, an official launch in China could be just around the corner.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Realme Power spotted on TENAA with full specifications ahead of launch appeared first on Gizmochina.

Oppo Find X9 Ultra appears in a real-life image, reveals camera layout

Oppo Find X9 Ultra real-life image-

The upcoming Oppo Find X9 Ultra has appeared in a real-life image. However, since it is inside a confidentiality case, it does not reveal its design completely, but it does give a good idea about its camera layout. Also, there are two handsets shown in the image, but it is unclear whether they are two different prototypes of the X9 Ultra or if only one of them is the X9 Ultra.

Oppo Find X9 Ultra real-life image

Oppo Find X9 Ultra real-life image-
Oppo Find X9 Ultra real-life image

The handset that can be seen on the right has more openings, which suggests that it could be the Find X9 Ultra. The image also suggests that the Ultra variant will continue to feature a round camera module, while the X9 and X9 Pro have opted for camera islands positioned at the top-left corner.

The Find X9 Ultra’s camera setup is rumored to include a Sony LYT-901 200MP main camera with OIS support, a Samsung JN5 50MP ultra-wide lens, a 200MP OmniVision OV52A periscope telephoto camera with 3x optical zoom, and a Samsung JN5 50MP periscope telephoto camera with 10x optical zoom. A previous report revealed that the brand may offer a new teleconverter accessory with a 300mm reach for the X9 Ultra.

The Find X9 and X9 Pro are powered by the Dimensity 9500 chip, whereas the Ultra variant will come equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5. It is expected to feature a 6.82-inch 2K 120Hz AMOLED screen and a battery of around 7,000mAh with 80W wired and 50W wireless charging support.

Oppo is expected to hold a launch event next month (March) in China to unveil the Find X9 Ultra alongside the Find X9s and X9s Pro. The Find N6 foldable is also expected in March, but it is unclear whether it will debut alongside the upcoming X9 lineup. The X9 Ultra is also expected to hit the global market in the second quarter of this year.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Oppo Find X9 Ultra appears in a real-life image, reveals camera layout appeared first on Gizmochina.

Samsung Galaxy S26 series to debut at February 25 Unpacked event

Galaxy Unpacked

Samsung has officially announced its next Galaxy Unpacked event, confirming that the Galaxy S26 series will debut later this month. The announcement sets the stage for the company’s upcoming flagship lineup, which has been widely discussed through leaks and early teasers. While the event confirmation does not reveal complete specifications, it offers clarity on the launch timeline and highlights what users can expect from Samsung’s next phase of AI-focused smartphones.

Galaxy Unpacked event details and reservation offers

Galaxy Unpacked
Samsung Galaxy S26 series to be unveiled on Feb. 25

The Galaxy Unpacked event is scheduled for Feb. 25, 2026, in San Francisco and will begin at 10AM PT. Samsung plans to livestream the presentation via its official website and YouTube channel, allowing global audiences to follow the announcements in real time.

Alongside confirming the launch date, Samsung has opened early reservations, allowing interested buyers to register without any purchase commitment. Customers who reserve can receive benefits such as a $30 credit for accessories, potential trade-in savings of up to $900, and a chance to win a $5,000 Samsung.com gift card. Reservations are also expanding beyond Samsung’s website, with retailers like Best Buy and AT&T expected to participate.

The Galaxy S26 lineup is expected to include three models, namely the Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26 Plus, and Galaxy S26 Ultra. Early reports suggest improvements in performance through a newer Snapdragon chipset for select regions, along with faster wireless charging capabilities. The Ultra variant may introduce a new privacy-focused display feature designed to reduce visibility from side angles, though official confirmation is still awaited.

Apart from smartphones, the event could see the launch of the Galaxy Buds 4 series, including standard and Pro versions. Software advancements are also likely to take centre stage, especially with the anticipated rollout of One UI 8.5 and enhanced Galaxy AI features. Samsung appears to be placing significant emphasis on making AI interactions more personalized and seamlessly integrated into everyday usage.

Retail availability for the Galaxy S26 series is expected around March 2026, with pricing likely to remain similar to previous generations. The return of the Unpacked event to late February also aligns with Samsung’s earlier strategy of launching flagship devices ahead of Mobile World Congress, indicating a renewed focus on setting the pace for the year’s smartphone announcements.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 series to debut at February 25 Unpacked event appeared first on Gizmochina.

Aohi launches 310W Starship Pro powerbank with 20000mAh battery for just $70

Aohi-Starship-Pro-powerbank-charging

Aohi has introduced a new high-capacity power bank for people who carry more than just a phone. The Future Starship Pro 310W packs a 20,000mAh battery and, at least on paper, enough power to replace multiple chargers in your bag. It’s priced at 499 yuan and comes in a silver-gray and black finish with a small display on the front.

The device measures 45.6 x 57.6 x 158mm and weighs around 630g, so it’s not exactly pocket-sized. But considering what it promises, the size feels expected. On the front, there’s a 1.14-inch TFT color screen that shows battery level and real-time output information. So instead of guessing how fast your laptop is charging, you can see the numbers directly.

Aohi 310W Starship Pro Specifications

The headline feature here is power output. The Starship Pro uses a 2C + 1A port configuration: two USB-C ports and one USB-A port. Both USB-C1 and USB-C2 support up to 140W input and output individually. The USB-A port tops out at 30W. When all three ports are used at once, the combined maximum output reaches 310W (140W + 140W + 30W), with what Aohi calls “smart power distribution” to manage charging across devices.

That means it’s technically capable of charging two high-power laptops at the same time, while still topping up a phone or accessory. It supports common fast-charging protocols including PD, QC, PPS (up to 100W), and UFCS (63W), which should make it compatible with a wide range of devices.

Aohi claims the 20,000mAh capacity can charge an iPhone 16 up to 4.1 times and a 12.9-inch iPad Pro about 1.4 times. The rated energy is 72Wh, using eight 2,500mAh lithium-ion cells from DMC.

What may matter even more for frequent travelers is recharge speed. The Starship Pro supports up to 180W self-charging input. In theory, that allows the power bank to go from 0 to 100 percent in around 60 minutes. 

It’s still a relatively heavy device at 630g, but for users who carry power-hungry laptops, tablets, and phones, the trade-off might make sense.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!

The post Aohi launches 310W Starship Pro powerbank with 20000mAh battery for just $70 appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi Bluetooth Speaker Essential Listed Globally With Bluetooth 6.0 and IP66 Rating

Xiaomi Bluetooth Speaker Essential

Xiaomi is preparing to launch a new portable speaker globally, and the Xiaomi Bluetooth Speaker Essential has now appeared on the company’s global website. This listing suggests the speaker could roll out worldwide in the coming months.

The Bluetooth Speaker Essential uses a dual-driver acoustic setup with two 1.5-inch full-range speakers and a large passive radiator. The speaker delivers 5W rated power and includes bass boost for stronger low frequencies. Xiaomi says this setup is designed to provide wide sound coverage in outdoor spaces while keeping vocals clear and natural. The passive radiator adds depth to bass without overpowering mids and highs.

Xiaomi Bluetooth Speaker Essential

The speaker has a compact, rounded body wrapped in refined fabric mesh. A high-gloss accent band adds a visual highlight, while the lightweight build makes it easy to carry. It weighs around 200 grams and measures 9.8 × 4.6 × 13 cm. Xiaomi compares the weight to that of an apple, making it suitable for one-handed use during travel or outdoor activities. Color options include black and green.

For durability, the Bluetooth Speaker Essential comes with an IP66 dust and water-resistance rating. The fabric mesh body, anti-slip rubber base, and covered side ports help protect it from dust and light rain, making it suitable for outdoor use.

Battery life is rated at up to 10 hours on a single charge. The speaker uses a 1,000mAh battery and charges through a USB Type-C port. Indicator lights show charging status, power, Bluetooth pairing, stereo or multi-speaker mode, and low battery alerts.

Connectivity includes Bluetooth 6.0 for faster pairing and stable wireless performance. The speaker supports TWS stereo pairing with two units and multi-speaker pairing with up to 10 speakers for synchronized playback. It also supports USB sound card mode, allowing it to work as a wired speaker for PCs and tablets. A built-in microphone enables hands-free Bluetooth calling. Xiaomi has not shared pricing or availability so far.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!

(Source)

The post Xiaomi Bluetooth Speaker Essential Listed Globally With Bluetooth 6.0 and IP66 Rating appeared first on Gizmochina.

Samsung UK opens early registration for Galaxy Unpacked 2026 with exclusive perks

Samsung has announced that Galaxy Unpacked 2026 will take place on 25 February 2026. This is one of Samsung’s biggest launch events, where new Galaxy products, mainly the new Galaxy S series, are revealed. If you live in the UK, you can now register early and enjoy special benefits before the Galaxy Unpacked event happens.

In the UK, Samsung is offering exciting rewards for people who register in advance. If you sign up and later buy the new Galaxy AI phone, you will receive a £30 voucher to spend on Galaxy ecosystem products. You can also get a free storage upgrade, which means you pay for the 256GB model but receive the 512GB model instead. This upgrade is worth £170.

In addition, everyone who registers will be entered into a prize draw for a chance to win one of 10x £500 Samsung.com vouchers. These offers make it a great opportunity for Samsung fans who are planning to upgrade their device.

Registration for Galaxy Unpacked 2026 is quite simple. You just need to follow the steps given below:

  • Click here to visit the Galaxy Unpacked 2026 registration page.
  • Enter your email address, first name, and last name.
  • Also, you can add your mobile number if you would like to receive your voucher code via text message or WhatsApp. But it is not mandatory.
  • Confirm that you are 18 years or older and choose whether you want to receive exclusive offers and updates. Agree to Samsung’s Privacy Policy
  • Click Next to complete your registration.
Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

Notably, you must register before 6:00 PM (GMT) on 25 February 2026. The £30 voucher will be sent by email no later than 28 February 2026. The voucher is limited to one per person and can be used on selected Galaxy products until 10 March 2026.

If you are in the UK, this is a great chance to enjoy exclusive rewards ahead of Galaxy Unpacked 2026. Register now and make the most of these limited-time benefits.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung UK opens early registration for Galaxy Unpacked 2026 with exclusive perks appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy S26 bringing faster on-device AI with Exynos 2600

Samsung is making AI on phones faster and smarter with Arm’s SME2 technology. Even though phones have special AI chips, many tasks still run on the CPU because it is easy to program and works with most apps.

Regular CPUs are not very good at handling large AI calculations. SME2 helps CPUs do these tasks faster while keeping their flexibility and compatibility with existing software.

The new Exynos 2600 processor has SME2 in its C1-Ultra and C1-Pro cores. This helps the CPU handle AI tasks like object detection up to 70% faster than older CPUs. The Galaxy S26 and Galaxy S26 Plus models will reportedly use the Exynos 2600 Processor in some markets. It means that these devices will offer better performance compared to previous Exynos running models.

Samsung SME2 Technology

Image via Samsung

SME2 works as a shared block for multiple CPU cores. When a CPU sees an SME2 instruction, it sends the work to this shared unit. This saves space and keeps the chip efficient.

Inside the SME2 unit, the VPU manages instructions and registers, the Matmul unit does the main matrix calculations, and the Memsys block moves data efficiently. With this, CPUs can handle short, real-time, and interactive AI tasks without waiting for other chips. This makes apps faster and more responsive.

Samsung can now use CPU, GPU, and NPU together depending on the task. This gives developers more flexibility in running AI on the device.

SME2 also works with many existing apps, helping Samsung expand its on-device AI ecosystem. This will bring faster and more efficient AI features to upcoming flagship devices.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 bringing faster on-device AI with Exynos 2600 appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Tomb Raider iOS testing shows Apple iPhone 17 Pro Max holds 60 FPS for 30 minutes; here’s how it runs on the 7-year-old iPhone XS

Tomb Raider is set to launch on iPhone and iPad on February 12, 2026, continuing the recent wave of AAA titles arriving on Apple devices. Early performance testing suggests the port includes multiple graphical presets and optimisation options, with performance and visual quality varying depending on device generation.

Here's when the Samsung Galaxy Z TriFold may be back in stock

Samsung's first dual-folding device, the Galaxy Z TriFold, sold out in minutes in both Korea and the US, despite its eye-watering $2,899 price, due to extremely low stock levels. Now, a new report from Korea purports to let us know when we can expect to see it back in stock in the US. Samsung will allegedly bring it back before the end of this month. It's unclear if it will make its return before Samsung's next Unpacked unveiling event, where it will make the Galaxy S26, S26+, and S26 Ultra official on February 25. The Galaxy Z TriFold has a 10-inch 1584x2160 folding AMOLED screen...

[Updated] Android 17 Beta 1 with big updates arriving soon – Here’s what’s new

Google has delayed the release of Android 17 Beta 1, which was expected to launch at 1 PM Eastern today after being teased yesterday. Shortly before the announcement, Google informed Android Authority about the change. A spokesperson confirmed that the beta is no longer releasing today and is instead “coming soon,” without sharing a new date.

February 11, 20256

Google has reportedly released the first public beta of its next Android version – Android 17 Beta 1. This update is mostly for developers, but it also brings improvements that will make apps run better, work on bigger screens, and handle media and cameras more smoothly.

The main highlight of this update is about apps adapting to different screen sizes. With Android 17, apps must support resizing and windowed mode on tablets, foldable phones, and large-screen devices. Apps can no longer be fixed to one orientation or size. This means apps will look and work better on all kinds of devices.

Also, Android 17 lets camera apps switch between modes without restarting, reducing freezes and glitches. Apps can now also get information from all camera sensors, not just the main one. It makes zoom and lens changes smoother.

Android 17 Beta 1

Image via Google

For Media, the latest Android beta update adds better audio controls and supports Versatile Video Coding. It can give good video quality in smaller file sizes.

Other updates include performance improvements, better privacy and security, and smarter connectivity. Also, Wi-Fi Ranging now has more accurate distance detection, and new device profiles make it easier to set up medical and fitness gadgets. Android XR also gets a new mode to respond better to how users interact with extended reality devices.

Android 17 Beta 1 is available for many Pixel devices, including Pixel 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, Pixel Tablet, and Pixel Fold models. Users already in the Android Beta Program will get the update automatically.

Google plans to reach Platform Stability by March 2026, with the first stable release expected for Pixel phones in Q2 2026, and a minor release in Q4 2026. Android 17 plans to deliver better apps, smoother media, and a more adaptive experience for all users.

The post [Updated] Android 17 Beta 1 with big updates arriving soon – Here’s what’s new appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Xiaomi Tag's price surfaces

The Xiaomi Tag will cost €17.99 in the Eurozone according to Xiaomi's official website for France, which seems to have mistakenly listed the accessory already. A four-pack will set you back €59.99. According to WinFuture, there are other European retailers that have listed it as well, some for below €15, undercutting the recommended retail price even before launch. This version of the Tag seems to lack support for UWB, which was rumored before. This means that Xiaomi will offer two versions of the device - this cheaper model sans UWB, and a more expensive option with UWB. The...

Samsung shines at ISE 2026 with record awards and innovative displays

At ISE 2026 in Barcelona, Samsung showcased its latest display technology across a huge 1,728 sqm booth, welcoming over 92,000 visitors in four days. The company presented solutions for retail, offices, hotels, schools, and control rooms, which earned a record number of industry awards.

In retail, Samsung highlighted displays that work well in different lighting and store layouts. The 142-inch IBF LED display shines at 3,500 nits for bright window-facing areas, while the IEF series indoor LED display ensures sharp and clear visuals for close-up viewing.

Samsung Color E-Paper, available in 13, 20, and 32-inch sizes, uses very little power and can replace printed posters. The 85-inch Spatial Signage is a highlight, which shows products in full 360-degree rotation, and it won multiple awards, including Best of Show from Future and the Inavation Award from Inavate Magazine.

Samsung Spatial Signage

Source – Samsung

Aside from this, Samsung introduced tools for creating content easily. The VXT AI Studio app can turn static images into video content, optimized for displays like Spatial Signage, winning a Best of Show award in the Installation category. Large displays like the 130-inch QPHX and 105-inch QPDX give businesses the scale and clarity needed to impress customers.

The Wall All-in-One LED makes meeting rooms easier to set up, and The Frame for Hotel blends into rooms while offering smart hotel features, winning both TNT and Best of Show awards. LYNK Cloud allows hotel managers to control displays remotely and understand guest preferences.

For schools, the WAFX-P interactive display lets teachers quickly log in and switch between classrooms. In control rooms, The Wall MPF series provides clear visuals, and LSM2 software helps manage large LED walls efficiently.

Samsung also includes Knox Security across its displays to keep data safe. ISE 2026 showed that Samsung continues to lead in commercial displays, combining eye-catching visuals with practical, easy-to-use solutions.

The post Samsung shines at ISE 2026 with record awards and innovative displays appeared first on Sammy Fans.

New Galaxy S26 Ultra and S26+ renders show the phones from all angles

If you haven’t had your fill of leaked renders of Samsung’s upcoming Galaxy S26 series, here’s another batch that showcases the Galaxy S26 Ultra and Galaxy S26+ from every angle. At this point, there’s little left to leak and everything from the full specifications to the design has already surfaced ahead of the February 25 launch. The latest renders of the Galaxy S26 Ultra give us a better look at the phone from all angles. It gets an updated rear camera module, which now resembles the unit on the Galaxy Z Fold7. Apart from that, the renders also show the new S...

Honor X6d launches quietly with Dimensity 6300 chipset, 50MP camera

Right at the end of last year, Honor introduced the “Play” series in China with an entry-level 5G phone, the Play 60A. Now a nearly identical device has appeared in a store in the United Arab Emirates as the X6d. And that’s not the end of the story. The Honor X6d is very similar to the Play 60A – the main difference is the upgraded 50MP f/2.0 camera (the 60A only has a 13MP f/2.2 camera). It’s still the only lens on the back and it still tops out at 1080p @ 30fps video recording, but it is an upgrade. The 5MP f/2.2 selfie camera is the same. The other spec that shows up as different is...

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra and Plus renders showcase stunning black variant

Samsung has confirmed that the Galaxy S26 series will launch on February 25. Ahead of the official reveal, new leaks have shown detailed images and specifications. Now, new renders of the Galaxy S26 Plus and Galaxy S26 Ultra show the phone in black color from different angles.

YTECHB has shared the renders of the Galaxy S26 Plus and Galaxy S26 Ultra, highlighting small design changes and the updated camera setup.

The Galaxy S26 Ultra shows the biggest design change in its rear camera. It now has a single camera island inspired by the Galaxy Z Fold 7 instead of the old separate rings. This design gives the back a clean, modern look. Buttons, speakers, ports, and the S Pen remain in the same positions as before. The black color makes it look elegant and professional.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Black Render

Image via YTECHB

On the other side, the Galaxy S26 Plus looks similar to the base model, with a slightly larger 6.7-inch display. It appears in Black, which gives both phones a sleek, premium appearance.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus Black Render

According to the previous reports, Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus has a 6.7-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2X display with 120Hz, Exynos 2600 processor in some markets, 12GB RAM, and 256/512GB storage. It features a 50MP main, 10MP telephoto (3x), 12MP ultrawide, and 12MP front camera, plus a 4,900mAh battery with 45W wired and 15W wireless charging.

On the other hand, Galaxy S26 Ultra to offer a 6.9-inch 120Hz AMOLED display, Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, 12/16GB RAM, 256GB–1TB storage, a 200MP main camera, 50MP ultrawide, 50MP periscope, and 10MP telephoto. It has a 5,000mAh battery with 60W wired and 15W wireless charging.

Both models will be available in multiple colors, but the Black variant stands out for its clean, timeless look. Fans can see the Galaxy S26 series in action when Samsung officially unveils it on February 25.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra and Plus renders showcase stunning black variant appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Android 17 beta launch surprisingly close

According to official information, Android 17 – codenamed “Cinnamon Bun” – is set to launch shortly. This comes as a surprise, as a developer preview is usually released before the beta phase begins. However, Google appears to be skipping that step and is expected to roll out the beta to the first Pixel devices in the coming days.

Infinix Note 60 runs Geekbench, reveals the SoC powering it

The Infinix Note 60 series is coming soon, and it includes the Pininfarina-designed Note 60 Ultra. Yesterday the brand announced that some members of the family will be using Snapdragon chipsets by Qualcomm. Not the 'vanilla' Note 60, though. This device has just been spotted in the Geekbench online database, with the model number X6879. It's powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 7400 SoC, paired, in the model that ran the benchmark, with 8GB of RAM. Of course, Infinix could be offering additional RAM options upon launch. The phone will run Android 16 with Infinix's recently unveiled...

New One UI 8.5 feature lets you record just part of the screen

Samsung has recently released the One UI 8.5 Beta 4 update for the Galaxy S25 series. The update mainly brings performance improvements and bug fixes to make the phones run more smoothly. However, a new feature found in the Galaxy S25 Ultra is now getting a lot of attention, and it is something many users have been waiting for.

According to reliable tipster @UniverseIce, the Galaxy S25 Ultra adds a new feature, Partial Screen Recording, in One UI 8.5. This feature allows users to record only a specific part of the screen instead of the entire display.

The highlighted part of this feature is that the phone can automatically detect the video area on the screen. When you start recording, the system selects the main content area for you. You just need to tap to begin recording, without adjusting or resizing the frame manually.

You can still choose the area yourself if you want. But the automatic detection makes the process faster and easier. The screen recorder still supports full-screen recording, so users have both options.

Samsung Galaxy S25 Partial screen recording

Image via @UniverseIce

This feature is not just a simple crop tool. It is designed to understand what you want to record. Samsung had already added a similar auto-detect feature for screenshots in One UI 8.0. Now, with One UI 8.5, the same idea has been added to video screen recordings.

Samsung is going to launch the Galaxy S26 series later this month with the stable One UI 8.5 update. After that, more eligible Galaxy devices will receive the major update. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post New One UI 8.5 feature lets you record just part of the screen appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Telegram announces redesigned interface for Android and iOS, automatic ownership transfer for groups

Telegram has announced that it's rolling out a fully redesigned interface for its Android app, making navigation and search quicker and more intuitive. The most notable change this redesign brings is the new bottom bar, which lets you quickly switch between the Chats, Settings, Profile, and other tabs. In addition to the UI redesign, Telegram "completely rebuilt" the interface code to maximize efficiency and increase responsiveness. You can head to the Settings > Power Saving menu to maximize performance and extend battery life. Telegram users on iOS also get a...

Samsung expects high demand for memory chips this year and next, reveals new designs

Samsung expects that demand for its memory chips will remain high not just this year, but also in 2027. Song Jai-hyuk, the CTO of Samsung’s Device Solutions (which makes chips), spoke at Semicon Korea and revealed some interesting details. The so-called AI hyperscalers – companies building out absolutely massive cloud infrastructure to serve the ever-growing compute needs of AI – are ordering memory at unprecedented levels, which, in turn, has caused prices to skyrocket. Samsung is focused on mass-producing HBM4 (“High Bandwidth Memory”). Samsung reported booming sales in Q3 last year...

Samsung Galaxy S26 Reserve: Everything you need to know

Samsung’s Unpacked event is locked in, and if history tells us anything, this is where the Galaxy S26 series officially takes the spotlight. Samsung also commenced the Galaxy S26 Reserve campaign; let’s dig deeper into the details.

The Galaxy S26 Reserve perks, broken down

Samsung doesn’t hide perks behind unclear wording this time. The Reserve program includes real incentives you can use.

First, there’s the $150 Samsung Credit. This is bigger than the typical accessory discount. You could be able to apply this Samsung Credit toward Galaxy Buds, cases, chargers, storage upgrades, or other Galaxy devices.

Reserving the Galaxy S26 costs nothing; no deposit, no commitment. You put your name down, and Samsung hands you a $30 instant credit when you complete your purchase, which you can use toward accessories.

Samsung is letting you lock in your trade-in value ahead of launch in India. If you own a recent Galaxy flagship, you can secure today’s maximum exchange value instead of gambling on depreciation later.

Now, the wildcard: the $5000 giveaway, technically called a sweepstakes. Everyone who reserves is entered automatically. There are tiers of prizes, and one grand winner gets a large credit or a Samsung bundle worth up to $5000.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Reserve

How to reserve Samsung Galaxy S26

Go to the Galaxy S26 Reserve page. Enter basic info and confirm you want to reserve. There’s no payment required, no immediate charge. All you are doing is placing a claim on the available perks before Galaxy S26 goes official.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Reservations

You will get a confirmation email with your Reserve details, including how your $150 credit and sweepstakes entry are applied. Samsung will remind you to complete your purchase so you can claim all credits and finalize your order.

Should I reserve?

If you are thinking about upgrading to the Galaxy S26 and you value predictability, early perks, and ecosystem continuity, reserving makes sense.

You are not committing funds. You are not locking into anything binding. You are securing $150 in Samsung Credit, a $30 completion credit, your current trade-in value, and a shot at a $5000 prize.

Reserve first, decide later. That’s how this should read.

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 Reserve: Everything you need to know appeared first on Sammy Fans.

TrendForce: Surging memory prices are about to squeeze 2026 smartphone shipments

The ongoing memory chip shortage is about to lead to a drastic drop in smartphone shipments this year. According to the latest forecast from TrendForce, the market will see a 10% drop in global smartphone shipments, which would result in an estimated 1.135 billion units shipped for the calendar year. There is, however, an even worse turn of events, which could see the drop go as low as 15%, which TrendForce describes as the “Bear-case scenario”. Under this scenario, global smartphone shipments are estimated to reach 1.061 billion units for the year. While 2025 wasn’t the strongest of...

Samsung teases ‘Special Colors’ for Galaxy S26 series

Samsung just confirmed Galaxy S26 series will be available in “special colors.” The official invite of Galaxy Unpacked has arrived today and Samsung has scheduled the event for February 25, 2026, in San Francisco, California.

Recently, Samsung started reservations for the Galaxy S26 series in India, and the official website lists the availability of “special colors.”

Samsung is offering access to the upcoming special colors as a pre-reservation perk. The website highlights that consumers pre-reserving the next Galaxy would have access to the colors exclusively sold by Samsung.

The Korean tech giant has only confirmed the event date and venue. However, teasers are giving us early looks at the upcoming devices and their features. Samsung also didn’t reveal the hues that will be sold as online exclusives.

Previously, the Galaxy S26 Ultra was tipped to launch in Pink Gold and Silver Shadow. The two shades will be sold through Samsung.com and the Shop app. Four colors will be featured as standard, with Violet being the signature shade.

Galaxy S26 series will be available in Violet, Black, Blue, and White colorways. The Black would be completely dark, with the frame matching body color. White will look absolutely elegant and mesmerising as shown in leaked renders.

The post Samsung teases ‘Special Colors’ for Galaxy S26 series appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Frightening Intel Nova Lake PL2 power limit leaks for dual-compute-tile Core Ultra 400 desktop CPUs

High-end Intel Nova Lake-S desktop CPUs are shaping up to be quite power hungry. According to recent reports, the flagship 52-core Intel Core Ultra 400 Nova Lake CPU could have power consumption in line with HEDT processors. However, even with an enforced PL2, Intel Nova Lake might still consume considerably more than Arrow Lake.

Android 17 Beta 1 set to roll out soon, Google confirms

Google recently began rolling out the Android 16 QPR3 Beta 2.1 update to eligible Pixel devices. At the same time, the company has confirmed that the first Android 17 beta is coming soon. In a Reddit post, Google revealed that the Android 17 Beta 1 will roll out to users soon with bug fixes and include improved performance and system stability. Users currently enrolled in the Android Beta program will automatically receive the Android 17 Beta 1 update once it rolls out. According to a report from last year, the Android 17 update carries the internal codename ‘Cinnamon Bun.’ Those...

Counterpoint: 1 in every 4 active smartphones is an iPhone

Apple dominated smartphone sales in 2025 and according to a new report, it unsurprisingly had the largest installed base out of any smartphone brand worldwide. This metric takes into account the number of units that are currently in use by customers with factors like user retention, ecosystem loyalty and device longevity. According to Counterpoint Research’s Smartphone Installed Base Tracker, one in every four active smartphones used in 2025 was an iPhone. Global Active Smartphone Installed Base by Brand Share, 2025 Apple and Samsung are the only two brands in the “billion active...

Motorola Edge 70 Fusion's leaked images reveal design and colors

Motorola is expected to unveil the Edge 70 Fusion soon. Leaked renders showed us the Edge 70 Fusion in Pantone Country Air and Pantone Silhouette colors. Now, a new set of Motorola Edge 70 Fusion's renders have surfaced, showing the smartphone in more colors and corroborating the design. You can check them below. Motorola Edge 70 Fusion's color options These renders were shared by leakster Evan Blass, who also shared a couple of lifestyle images of the Motorola Edge 70 Fusion. We've attached those below. Motorola Edge 70 Fusion Previously, Blass said the Motorola...

Galaxy S26 India pre-reserve offer includes voucher, big giveaway and exchange value lock

For serious Samsung fans in India, the Galaxy S26 India pre-reserve is less about hype and more about locking in leverage before launch night. February 25 will bring the specs, while the decision-making window has already opened.

Samsung today announced the Galaxy Unpacked, where new Galaxy S series models will be unveiled. Meanwhile, the South Korean tech giant does not want you waiting till launch night to make a move.

Rs 999 VIP Pass

The pre-reserve works through an Rs 999 VIP Pass, which is refundable. You can grab it on Samsung.com or the Shop App.

It unlocks three separate incentives.

  • A Rs 2,699 e-Store voucher for accessories
  • Entry into a lucky draw worth up to Rs 50,000
  • A separate chance to win a Rs 5,000 voucher through a simple registration contest

Samsung Galaxy S26 India Pre-Reserve

Exchange value lock-in

Samsung is offering an Exchange Value Lock-In before launch. That means you can freeze the resale value of your current smartphone now, instead of gambling on what it will be worth after the S26 is officially announced.

Anyone who has tried selling a device during launch season knows what happens. The moment a new flagship is revealed, old models drop. However, this lock-in protects you from that slide toward the Galaxy S26 purchase.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Pre-Reserve India

Should you pre-reserve?

If you were planning to upgrade anyway, the math makes sense.

Rs 999 gets you:

  • Accessory savings
  • Giveaway eligibility
  • Price protection on your old phone

This combination reduces risk and that is what pre-reserve programs are really about.

The post Galaxy S26 India pre-reserve offer includes voucher, big giveaway and exchange value lock appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy S26 series launch date is now official, reservations open

Samsung has officially confirmed the launch date for its upcoming Galaxy S26 series. The lineup is expected to comprise the Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26+, and Galaxy S26 Ultra. Pre-reservations for the new devices have also begun. As previously rumored, the next Galaxy Unpacked event has been scheduled for February 25. The event will take place in San Francisco and will be livestreamed on Samsung’s official website as well as its YouTube channel. Meanwhile, Samsung has also opened pre-reservations for the upcoming devices. Customers in India can pay a small fee and secure early access to...

Android 17 Beta releases soon, big news in One UI 9 story

Just hours after rolling out Android 16 QPR3 Beta 2.1, Google confirmed that it is already moving on. Attention now shifts to the next big phase, the Android 17 Beta release, internally tagged 26Q2, and it’s big news for Samsung fans!

Android 17 is no longer a distant roadmap item. For Galaxy fans, this is the start of the One UI 9.0 story. It is officially in motion, and Samsung’s next chapter will build directly on what Google begins testing in the weeks ahead.

Samsung is expected to launch its Android 17-based One UI 9 with the Galaxy Z Fold 8 and Z Flip 8 around July this year. The next-gen foldables would maintain the legacy initiated by the Z7 series models in the latter part of 2025.

Android 17 Beta 1 is kicking off soon.

Google has made it clear that once you move onto Android 17 Beta 1, you cannot opt out without wiping your device. The only clean exit without a data wipe comes at the end of the Android 17 Beta cycle, which runs through June 2026.

The OTA message will have ‘Downgrade’ in the description. Opting out will not cause a data wipe as long as you don’t apply the downgrade OTA update.

Android 17

One UI 9

Pixel Betas may seem distant from the Galaxy ecosystem, but they are the blueprint. Every UI tweak, privacy change, and core shift in Android 17 will ripple into One UI 9. Samsung typically begins internal One UI testing well final Android release.

By the time Android 17 hits platform stability in June 2026, One UI teams will already be adapting features to fit the Galaxy experience. It would include deeper AI integration, refined multitasking for foldables, and tighter security controls.

The post Android 17 Beta releases soon, big news in One UI 9 story appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Honor 600 Lite is on the way, here's the chipset powering it

A few days ago we heard the first rumored details about the upcoming Honor 600, and today the Honor 600 Lite has apparently appeared in the Geekbench online database. As usual, this has revealed its chipset, which is the MediaTek Dimensity 7100. In the prototype that ran the benchmark with the model number LNA-NX1, this was paired with 8GB of RAM. The Honor 600 Lite will run Android 16 from the moment it launches. It managed a single-core score of 994 and a multi-core score of 3,023 in Geekbench 6.5 as you can see. The Honor 600 Lite has already been certified by a few...

How to reserve Galaxy S26 on Samsung, Best Buy and AT&T in USA [$30 Gift Card]

Samsung fans interested in the Galaxy S26 series can now reserve the next Galaxy on Best Buy and AT&T as well. For the first time, Samsung has expanded reservations outside its territory in view of added convenience.

Galaxy S26 reserve unlocks a $30 discount when you preorder the new devices. It will be provided as a gift card, which you can spend toward accessories. Here is how you can reserve the Galaxy S26 series on Best Buy and AT&T.

Samsung

Samsung announced Galaxy S26 reservation benefits, including $30 Samsung Credit and up to $900 savings via trade-in. Reservation also enrolls you into a hefy $5000 giveaway, with the luckiest grabbing the full amount.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Reservations

Best Buy

Best Buy launched a dedicated Galaxy Unpacked Reserve page on its website. It’s a simple process as you just need to provide your email address. Once done, you will receive exclusive alerts along with Best Buy communication.

The e-commerce is letting users reserve the new Galaxy by February 25, 2026, at 11:59 a.m. CT. You will be entitled to a $30 discount coupon, usable toward select accessories while preordering the Galaxy S26 series.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Reserve Best Buy

AT&T

In its Unpacked invite press release, Samsung announced AT&T will offer Galaxy S26 reservations. As of now, the carrier hasn’t launched a landing page for the same, nor has any such annoucement has been made on social accounts.

We will update this article when AT&T begins reservations.

The post How to reserve Galaxy S26 on Samsung, Best Buy and AT&T in USA [$30 Gift Card] appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra release date: Here’s when you can buy this flagship phone

Galaxy S26 Ultra is the next big thing from Samsung, and everyone is eager to know the release date. On February 11, the company officially confirmed the Unpacked event, and we can assume a tentative market availability post-launch.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra release date

Samsung has so far launched five flagship lineups between 2020 and 2025. Over the past five years, it has been seen that the company has shifted the Galaxy S Unpacked event from the end of the first quarter to early or mid-quarter.

Here’s a brief look at the last five flagship launches and releases:

Galaxy S20 series

  • Launch date – February 11, 2020
  • Release date – March 6, 2020

Galaxy S21 series

  • Launch date – January 14, 2021
  • Release date – January 29, 2021

Galaxy S22 series

  • Launch date – February 9, 2022
  • Release date – February 25, 2022

Galaxy S23 series

  • Launch date – February 1, 2023
  • Release date – February 17, 2023

Galaxy S24 series

  • Launch date – January 17, 2024
  • Release date – January 31, 2024

Galaxy S25 series

  • Launch date – January 22, 2025
  • Release date – February 7, 2025

Galaxy S26 series?

During those five years, February remained Samsung’s favorite month. The company either hosted the Unpacked event in February or started the first sale. However, a 4-week delay has pushed the first sale to the month of March.

Here’s what we expect for Galaxy S26 Ultra:

  • Launch – February 25, 2026 (Confirmed)
  • Release – March 11, 2026 (Tentative)
Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

We were anticipating the Galaxy S26 series’ sale in the second week of March 2026. The sudden cancellation of the Galaxy S26 Edge and revival of the S26 Plus are significantly delaying the launch and release timeline of the flagships.

Samsung will launch the Galaxy S26 Ultra with several meaningful upgrades. The smartphone will get the latest Qualcomm chipset, enhanced camera sensors, next-gen One UI software, a new array of AI features, and a lot more.

Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus will use Exynos and Snapdragon chips, based on the market. The Galaxy S26 Ultra will stick to Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 globally. 2027 may see a broader adoption of Exynos chips in Samsung flagships.

We will update this article based on reliable news about the launch/release date.

Featured image source – AndroidHeadlines.

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra release date: Here’s when you can buy this flagship phone appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Exclusive Galaxy S26 Unpacked alerts are just a ‘Like’ away

Samsung released the official Galaxy Unpacked invite, and it wasn’t just another press release. As always, Samsung continues to impress with its innovative marketing, with Galaxy S26 Unpacked alerts now just a Like away.

Galaxy S26 series is confirmed to be unveiled on February 25 in California. We are right two weeks away from the official reveal. This gap will be filled with various promotions, teasers, and official editorial articles from executives.

We, at SammyFans, keep our readers updated with the latest news and insights. As part of the Unpacked campaign, Samsung has also launched a curated alerts system for the Galaxy S26 series that activates with a Like.

One of Samsung Mobile’s X posts isn’t just a post. It doubles down as an alert registration opportunity and requires no typing. If interested, hit the Like button, and you will be enrolled for exclusive updates and sneak peeks.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Unpacked Like Updates

Tapping the Like isn’t just boring, but returns a confirmation that you are in. Once done, you will be receiving exclusive Galaxy Unpacked updates, sneak peeks, and first-to-know alerts that will keep you ahead of the curve.

Samsung touts Galaxy AI will make everyday life easier than ever. This sensation is triggered by Agentic AI included in the Galaxy S26 series. Many more meaningful improvements are on the way as Unpacked is finally set.

The post Exclusive Galaxy S26 Unpacked alerts are just a ‘Like’ away appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Zeiss launches Aatma cinema lenses promising vintage cinematic look with modern filmmaking tools

Zeiss has unveiled the Aatma series, a new lineup of full-frame cinema prime lenses designed for professional filmmaking. The lenses were announced at the British Society of Cinematographers Expo and focus on combining stylised optical rendering with modern production workflow support. Zeiss says orders are now open through authorised dealers, with deliveries expected to begin in June 2026.

The Infinix Note 60 series will use Snapdragon chipsets

Infinix's upcoming Note 60 series will use Qualcomm Snapdragon chipsets, the brand has officially confirmed today. This is significant because it's the first time Infinix has gone the Snapdragon route for its phones in many years - all of the recent ones have been powered by MediaTek SoCs. Infinix says "select models" in the Note 60 series will choose Snapdragon over MediaTek, and through pre-order pages in some markets it's already confirmed that the Note 60 Pro will be powered by the Snapdragon 7s Gen 4. Infinix "aims to achieve deeper integration of chipset capabilities" within...

iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max pricing leak brings some good news

The iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max will cost exactly the same as their predecessors, according to a new research note from GF Securities analyst Jeff Pu, a constant purveyor of Apple-related supply chain information. That is obviously very good news, if it pans out, since the pricing stability of smartphones is anything but guaranteed this year given how memory production seems to mostly be going to AI data centers. Pu says Apple is focused on cost management, based on his supply chain research, in order to keep the prices the same as last year. Pu thinks Apple has been...

Samsung Galaxy S26 series display won’t be ordinary

Samsung has announced Unpacked February 2026 dates, and one thing that the company made it obvious that the Galaxy S26 series won’t feature an ordinary display.

The Galaxy S-series has been an innovator in mobile display technologies for over a decade. The company first invented the curved edge panels, streamlined through its flagship phones. It has introduced hole and pill-shaped display cutouts to reduce the smartphone’s head and chin sizes.

Its display offers high-quality resolution to offer pixel-perfect image quality, which is not limited to video playback. However, these are the things of the past, and you may have seen enough of them through previous releases.

This year, Samsung is bringing something entirely new – a privacy display. The new Unpacked teaser has clear hints about this technology. For example, the box in the promoted video clip is made of glass, and it hides the Galaxy AI view from left and right, while showing the inside content from the front.

Samsung Unpacked 2026 privacy display teaser

Samsung Unpacked 2026 privacy display teaser

That suggests that the company will headline this technology as its next breakthrough in AI innovation, and why shouldn’t?

The feature is fully user-centric, based on the previous official information. To be mentioned, none of the smartphone makers have ever introduced such tech as of today. So, it’s something to get excited about.

This feature enables users to hide the on-screen content from other people while using the phone in public areas, such as a public place or an elevator.

The phone maker has combined the hardware and software capabilities to bring this feature to the Galaxy S26 series. Because it won’t be limited to the simple on/off switch. The feature will allow you to customize the privacy display for a specific app or a feature, such as notifications.

This could just be the tip of the iceberg, and Samsung will reveal a bigger picture of the Galaxy S26 series’ display at the upcoming Unpacked event. Learn more here.

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 series display won’t be ordinary appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy S26 series launch date announced

Today, Samsung has officially confirmed the Galaxy S26 series launch date for February 25, 2026. While the date could have been February 26, it appears that the tech firm wants to give a tribute to the S25 series and pass the new flagship torch to its successor.

As per the official invitation, the Galaxy Unpacked February 2026 event will happen in San Francisco at 10 a.m. PT. The unveiling will be broadcast online through Samsung’s official website and social media channels.

Last year, Samsung organized its first Unpacked event in January, showcasing the speed and preparedness for the launch of the Galaxy S25 series. However, the February 2026 Unpacked has been slipped to February due to ever-changing market conditions and production-related issues.

While we were waiting for Samsung to rollout official promotion campaign about the Galaxy S26 series, unofficial sources already leaked the launch date, which the Korean tech maker affirmed today.

The one thing that is different this year is that the phone maker didn’t rely on sending an official Unpacked Invitation at a specific time of the year. Instead, it opted for shorts and reels to build hype around this grand reveal.

Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

The event will unpack Samsung’s Galaxy S26 series in three variants – Galaxy S26, S26 Plus, and S26 Ultra. Rumors after the S25 Edge launch suggested that the company has plans to revamp the lineup with new entries such as the S26 Edge and S26 Pro. However, these plans may have been scrapped at the last minute, and the company aligned with its traditional models.

The upcoming flagships are built on the foundational specs of their predecessors, especially the battery life. However, Samsung has confirmed that new tech will also serve the customer’s interest, such as the new privacy display.

Samsung has a lot more to showcase at the Unpacked February 2026 launch event, and we can’t wait to explore it for you.

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 series launch date announced appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung kicks off Galaxy S26 countdown with a $5000 giveaway

Ahead of its February 25 Unpacked event, Samsung has opened Galaxy S26 reservations in the US and tied them to a $5000 Samsung.com sweepstakes (giveaway) that does not require a purchase.

Every reservation doubles as an entry into a sweepstakes for a $5,000 Samsung.com gift card. No purchase is required to enter, at least on paper, so there is no downside to throwing your name in.

The sweepstakes opens at 6:00 p.m. ET on February 10 and closes at 12:59 p.m. ET on February 25, just ahead of Unpacked. One winner takes the entire $5,000 Samsung.com digital gift card.

The sweepstakes is open to legal residents of the 50 US states and Washington, DC who are at least 18 years old. Samsung fans need to complete a Galaxy S26 reservation on the official website.

Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

After February 25, Samsung’s administrator, Don Jagoda Associates, will randomly select one winner from all eligible entries. Odds depend entirely on how many people sign up, so this is pure luck, not speed or spending.

The winner will need to respond within 48 hours of notification and complete standard eligibility and release forms. Once confirmed, Samsung says the $5,000 digital gift card will be delivered within six to eight weeks.

The company is also stacking this with other perks, including a $30 credit during preorder and potential trade-in savings later, but the sweepstakes is the headline grabber. It pulls people into the funnel before Unpacked even begins.

Samsung’s next Unpacked event kicks off February 25 at 10 a.m. PT in San Francisco. If you are planning to watch the Galaxy S26 reveal anyway, reserving early is the only way to put the $5000 giveaway on the table.

The post Samsung kicks off Galaxy S26 countdown with a $5000 giveaway appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung opens Galaxy S26 reservations with up to $900 in savings

Samsung has locked in its next Unpacked and confirmed that the Galaxy S26 series will break cover on February 25, with the event kicking off at 10 a.m. PT in San Francisco and streaming live on YouTube, and reservations are open.

Unpacked lands about two weeks from now, and the Galaxy S26 lineup will be the main act. Samsung is sticking to its familiar US playbook here: a live show in California, a global livestream, and a fast transition into pre-orders

Samsung has opened the gates to a $30 Samsung Credit for anyone who reserves and later pre-orders a Galaxy S26 device. That credit does not apply to the phone itself. Think cases, chargers, earbuds, watches, the usual extras.

Reservations for the Galaxy S26 series are already live, and they cost nothing. Samsung is teasing up to $900 in total savings for US buyers. It is tied to trade-ins, which is nothing new, but it is still a serious number if you are coming from a recent flagship.

Even without a trade-in, Samsung says reservations will lock in up to $150 off the Galaxy S26 series at pre-order. For the first time, Galaxy reservations are not limited to Samsung.com, as Best Buy and AT&T in the US will also accept Galaxy S26 reservations.

February 25 at 10 a.m. PT is when Samsung tells the full Galaxy S26 story. Until then, the smart move for US buyers is simple: reserve early, bank the $30 credit, and keep your options open.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Reservations

The post Samsung opens Galaxy S26 reservations with up to $900 in savings appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Major cyberattack on Poland wind and solar farms raises global concerns over insecure network hardware

The U.S. Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) has issued a warning after a cyberattack targeted renewable energy facilities in Poland. The incident shows security weaknesses in internet-connected systems used in energy infrastructure and has prompted global agencies to advise operators to improve their cybersecurity protections.

Samsung Galaxy S26, S26+, and S26 Ultra full specs leak, prices too

Following all the leaks, rumors, and speculation, today the inevitable has happened - a new leak brings us full spec sheets for all three members of the upcoming Galaxy S26 family. As hinted at through Samsung's teasers, the main focus this year will be AI, as the hardware hasn't changed all that much compared to the Galaxy S25 family. The Galaxy S26 and S26+ will allegedly be powered by the Exynos 2600 SoC in Europe, while the S26 Ultra will have the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy, with slightly overclocked Prime CPU cores. The S26 and S26+ will have 12GB of RAM, while the Ultra will...

Samsung announces Galaxy S26 Unpacked, February 25 event invites out

Samsung today announced the Galaxy Unpacked event set for February 25, 2026, where the Galaxy S26 series will be unveiled. Samsung has shifted the Unpacked from its usual San Jose venue to San Francisco in the United States.

The Samsung Galaxy S26 Unpacked invites are also out, featuring a sparkling box containing stars of artificial intelligence. The Korean tech giant continues to keep Galaxy AI at the forefront of its mega launch event of 2026.

Unpacked is going to be an in-person event in San Francisco. However, Samsung will also livestream the event, which everyone can watch through YouTube and Facebook and Instagram handles, along with the website.

Get ready for a mobile experience designed to remove friction from the things you do every day. The new Galaxy S series is coming – built to simplify everyday interactions, inspire confidence and make Galaxy AI feel seamlessly integrated from the moment it’s in hand.

Unpacked event to go live at:

As of 10 a.m. PT (Pacific Time)

  • Washington (US – EST): 1 p.m. EST
  • London (UK – GMT): 6 p.m. GMT
  • New Delhi (India – IST): 11:30 p.m. IST
  • Seoul (South Korea – KST): 3 a.m. KST
  • Bangkok (Southeast Asia: 12 a.m. ICT

The release of event invite also marks the beginning of reservations for the next Galaxy. As usual, Samsung fans can reserve the next Galaxy. Reservation is free in the US and ensures early buyers grab maximum benefits during preorders.

Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

Unpacked 2026 will bring Galaxy S26 series and Galaxy Buds 4 lineup. From the software side, Samsung is also unveiling the One UI 8.5. Agentic AI will be a key highlight at the event, a major upgrade over the Galaxy AI.

Galaxy S26 and S26+ will use Exynos 2600 in Asia, Africa, and Europe. The Galaxy S26 Ultra is going Snapdragon worldwide, and the two siblings will also feature Qualcomm-made chipsets in the US, Canada, and China.

Leaks suggest Galaxy S26 series price could remain unchanged in the US. Seasoned Samsung users may notice a major letdown at checkout. It’s said that Samsung may not offer a free storage upgrade due to soaring memory prices.

The post Samsung announces Galaxy S26 Unpacked, February 25 event invites out appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy S26 or One UI 8.5: What are you waiting for?

Samsung is going to launch its new Galaxy S26 series at the Galaxy Unpacked event, likely on 25 February 2026. Along with new smartphones, Samsung will also introduce its new stable software update, One UI 8.5, which is equally grabbing attention. This raises an interesting question among Galaxy fans: are users more excited about the new Galaxy S26 smartphones or the One UI 8.5 update?

Right now, Samsung has already started the One UI 8.5 Beta Program for the Galaxy S25 series. This allows users to test new features before the official release. However, users of other devices like the Galaxy S24 series, Galaxy Z Fold and Flip models, Galaxy A series, and more are still waiting. These devices are expected to receive the update only after One UI 8.5 is officially released with the Galaxy S26 series.

One UI 8.5 update brings many useful improvements. It offers upgrades to Galaxy AI and Bixby, better connectivity features, improved Quick Share, and new options for the Home and Lock screens. Samsung has also worked on battery performance, power management, and security to make the overall experience smoother and safer. Once released, these features will gradually reach more Galaxy devices with this major update.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Dux Ducis Case

Source – DUXDUCIS

On the other hand, the Galaxy S26 series will come with new upgrades. These phones are expected to feature a new camera design, a faster processor, new software, better performance, and more. Samsung may also introduce some features that work only on the Galaxy S26 models and may not be available on older devices.

Samsung already has over 1 billion active Galaxy devices. It seems like most of the fans are waiting for One UI 8.5 instead of the Galaxy S26 series. So, what are you waiting for – the One UI 8.5 update or the Galaxy S26 series? Share your thoughts with us via comments on our social media platforms.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 or One UI 8.5: What are you waiting for? appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Anker releasing new special edition Prime Power Bank in more countries

Anker has listed the Prime Power Bank (20K, 220W) Black Myth: Wukong Limited Edition at its Amazon storefront in some EU countries. Recently released in the US and the UK, this version of the accessory has a striking black and gold design. It can be used to power up to three devices simultaneously, with charging information shown on the integrated display.

Orange is the new black: Apple's record-breaking iPhone sales could be down to new color

Apple announced record-breaking iPhone sales for Q4 2025, which in turn resulted in the best-ever financial quarter for the company, posting $143.8 billion in sales revenue. That's a 16% increase year-over-year, which is quite impressive for a company of this scale. The reason for the unprecedented iPhone demand? Some analysts believe it's the color orange. China seems to be a big contributor to Apple's recent success. While previous quarters had either flat or declining sales in the country, the fourth quarter last year turned out to be a resounding success for the smartphone maker...

Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 Heat Issues Explained and How Gen 6 Could Fix Them

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 AnTuTu, Geekbench score

Snapdragon’s latest flagship processor is a scorching performer in more ways than one. Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 chipset delivers blazing-fast performance for 2026’s Android flagships, but early tests show it also runs extremely hot. With great power comes great heat: some benchmark stress tests pushed this chip to a searing 56°C internally, which is far too hot to hold comfortably. While everyday tasks won’t reach such extremes, heavy gaming or rendering can turn your phone into a hand-warmer and even trigger emergency cooldown measures. Here’s what you need to know about the 8 Gen 5’s thermal issues and what they mean for you.

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 AnTuTu, Geekbench score

Blistering Temperatures in Stress Tests

A clear example comes from the Red Magic 11 Pro, a gaming phone built specifically for sustained performance. According to testing reported by Android Authority, the device shut down during a 3DMark stress test despite using an active cooling fan and a dedicated thermal system. This result shows that even phones designed for gaming struggle to control the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 under maximum load.

Standard flagship phones fare worse. In testing of the Nubia Z80 Ultra, reported by PhoneArena, surface temperatures exceeded 50°C, making the phone uncomfortable to hold. Without active cooling, the device was forced to reduce performance quickly to prevent further heat buildup. These results highlight how difficult it is for passive cooling systems to handle this chip during sustained workloads.

Big Performance Drops Under Load

Excess heat leads directly to thermal throttling. In GPU stress tests, some Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 devices saw performance drop by more than 50 percent from the start of the test to the end. In extreme scenarios, sustained heat forced the chip down to less than one third of its peak performance.

By the end of prolonged tests, the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 was running slower than the previous generation flagship processor. While the chip excels at short bursts of speed, it struggles to maintain those levels without aggressive cooling. In long gaming or rendering sessions, older chips that generate less heat can sometimes deliver more consistent performance.

Gaming Phones Help, But Only to a Point

Gaming phones still handle the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 better than standard flagships. Larger vapor chambers, liquid cooling systems, and internal fans allow devices like the RedMagic 11 Pro to sustain performance for longer periods. However, testing confirms that even these phones can suffer shutdowns or severe throttling during extreme workloads.

This points to a wider issue across the industry. Cooling systems are struggling to keep up with the power demands of modern flagship processors. Raw performance gains are increasingly limited by how effectively heat can be removed from the chip.

Daily Use Is Mostly Fine

For most users, these thermal issues will rarely appear. Reports from long-term daily use show no noticeable overheating or throttling during common tasks. Web browsing, messaging, navigation, video streaming, and casual gaming do not push the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 close to its limits.

Heat problems mainly occur during sustained high-load scenarios. Extended gaming sessions, graphically demanding titles, emulation, and heavy rendering workloads are where performance drops become noticeable. Casual users will experience fast and smooth performance, while power users may see dips during long sessions.

Looking Ahead: Cooling Tech to the Rescue?

Thermal challenges like these have phone makers and chip designers looking for new solutions. Interestingly, Samsung has developed a “Heat Pass Block” (HPB) technology that could help tame hot chips in the future. HPB essentially adds a tiny heat-sink layer directly on top of the processor to dissipate heat more effectively. It first appeared in Samsung’s Exynos 2600, where it delivered about a 16% improvement in thermal resistance thanks to a copper layer that helps draw heat away from the silicon. Rumor has it Qualcomm might adopt this Heat Pass Block tech in the next Snapdragon 8 Gen 6 processor to help rein in temperatures. If true, that could allow next-gen phones to run cooler or at least sustain peak performance longer than the 8 Gen 5 does.

In the meantime, expect smartphone brands to get increasingly creative with cooling. We’re already seeing bigger vapor chambers in devices (Apple even added one in the iPhone 17 Pro for the first time), and some gaming phones include mini internal fans. The Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 shows that cooling is now as critical as raw performance. For everyday use, it remains a powerful and reliable chip. Under sustained workloads, however, heat management has become the defining challenge for flagship smartphones.

For daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!

(Sources: Android Authority, PhoneArena)

The post Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 Heat Issues Explained and How Gen 6 Could Fix Them appeared first on Gizmochina.

Lexar launches JumpDrive D500 dual-interface USB SSD with speeds up to 400MB/s

Lexar JumpDrive D500 SSD

Lexar has officially launched the JumpDrive D500, a new high-speed solid-state USB drive with both USB Type-A and Type-C connectors. The product is now listed on the company’s website and targets users who want fast, reliable storage that works across multiple platforms, including phones, tablets, laptops, and desktops.

Lexar JumpDrive D500 SSD

Lexar JumpDrive D500 Specifications

The JumpDrive D500 uses the USB 3.2 Gen 1 interface and is available in four capacities: 128GB, 256GB, 512GB, and 1TB. Lexar claims the drive can deliver maximum read speeds of up to 400MB/s and write speeds of up to 400MB/s.

The 128GB and 256GB models feature 400MB/s read and 360MB/s write speeds, while the 512GB version hits 400MB/s for both read and write. The 1TB variant records slightly lower read speeds at 390MB/s but maintains a 400MB/s write speed.

The drive features a compact swivel design with a metal housing made of aluminum alloy. It supports 360-degree rotation and includes a lanyard loop for added portability. Lexar has designed the drive to handle daily wear and tear while maintaining its performance across a wide temperature range from 0°C to 50°C.

Lexar JumpDrive D500 SSD

Lexar has also integrated support for its dedicated mobile app. The Lexar app is available for Android, iOS, and HarmonyOS and enables automatic backup of photos and videos from smartphones. It works offline and supports features like Live Photo backup on iPhones. However, it does not support iCloud backup or devices running HarmonyOS Next.

The dual-connector layout allows seamless file transfer between devices without adapters. Lexar claims the 1TB version can store over 300,000 photos, 18,000 minutes of HD video, or more than 110,000 songs.

Lexar backs the JumpDrive D500 with a 5-year limited warranty. The drive is expected to become available through retail and online channels globally.

In related news, Lexar has also launched the JumpDrive A50V and C50V USB drives recently in 512GB and 1TB variants, offering read speeds of up to 200MB/s.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

(Lexar)

The post Lexar launches JumpDrive D500 dual-interface USB SSD with speeds up to 400MB/s appeared first on Gizmochina.

Why Foldable Phones Lost Momentum in 2025, And What’s Next in 2026

Motorola Razr Fold

Foldable phones once promised to be the next big wave in smartphones, bringing a fresh take on a pocket large screen experience. But after years of fast growth, 2025 marked the first real slowdown for the category. Industry data has revealed that the foldable segment not only cooled off, but may have actually declined. But is this just a one-off dip, or does it point to a wider trend? Read on to find out.

Foldables in 2025: A Rare Decline After Years of Expansion

For much of the early 2020s, foldables grew rapidly as more brands entered the space and technology improved. These flexible phones got better and better, and certain models became a lot more accessible in terms of pricing. However, reports have projected a drop in foldable smartphone growth in 2025. According to Counterpoint Research, panel shipments for foldable displays are expected to fall about 4% in 2025 after flat gains in 2024.

Motorola Razr Fold
Motorola Razr Fold

The report adds that shipment figures show a broader trend of foldable phones losing popularity as manufacturers shipped fewer models than in previous years. The declining number of distinct foldable phones in 2025 reflects caution from brands that once flooded the market with multiple models.

Samsung’s Sales Dip and Market Share Struggles

Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 7 2026 Olympic Edition Launch
Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 7 2026 Olympic Edition

Samsung has been the long standing leader in the foldable segment. But the South Korean tech giant has been seeing a decline in foldable sales. This continues even after the release of its latest Galaxy Z Fold 7 and Galaxy Z Flip 7 series of foldable phones. Overall, foldables still make up a tiny slice of the entire smartphone landscape. Despite eye-catching new releases, they’re estimated to account for just around 1.5% of all smartphone sales. In other words, more than 98% of phones sold remain traditional slabs.

Consumers Are Still Wary

While the global market cooled, China bucked the trend with solid growth. Foldable shipments in China expanded significantly, with reports indicating over 30% growth in 2025, thanks mainly to strong demand for Huawei’s models and other local brands. That regional outperformance highlights that demand pockets do exist, although this does not reflect a true global momentum just yet.

Why 2026 Could Be Pivotal

Many analysts see 2026 as a turning point for the foldable category, and one major reason that could back this growth is Apple’s highly anticipated first foldable iPhone. Multiple reports suggest Apple plans to launch a foldable device in the second half of 2026, potentially leveraging its massive customer base to expand awareness and adoption.

This could be great for the entire foldable segment since Apple’s entry could expand markets rather than just redistribute existing demand. Apple’s launch of its foldable will likely lead to significant growth in foldable display shipments in 2026 as well, thanks to renewed interest.

What 2026 Needs to Break Through

Here’s what the foldable phones need to truly shift from niche to mainstream in 2026:

  • Better pricing and durability: Foldables need to close the price gap with high-end flat phones and continue ramping up durability to lessen repair and longevity concerns.
  • Clear use-cases: These devices must stand out with everyday advantages for productivity, multitasking and media.
  • Apple’s entry as a catalyst: If Apple’s foldable iPhone delivers strong performance and ecosystem synergy, it could validate the category for millions more buyers outside current early adopters.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Tech enthusiast? Get the latest news first! Follow our Telegram channel and subscribe to our free newsletter for your daily tech fix! ⚡

The post Why Foldable Phones Lost Momentum in 2025, And What’s Next in 2026 appeared first on Gizmochina.

Best Limited Edition Phones You Can Buy in January 2026

Realme 15 Pro Game of Thrones Limited Edition

Special edition phones have become more than just flashy devices. These devices are now collectibles, conversation pieces, and often reimagined versions of hardware you already know and love. So for January 2026, we have compiled a list of a few standout limited edition smartphones that tap into pop culture, global events, fashion, gaming, and more. From Westeros-inspired dragons to Swarovski bling, here’s a guide to the most appealing special edition phones around right now.

Realme 15 Pro Game of Thrones Limited Edition

First on the list, we have the Realme 15 Pro Game of Thrones Edition that goes all-in on fantasy with a bespoke design and collector appeal. Inspired by HBO’s iconic series, this special variant features a color-changing “Dragonfire” leather back that shifts from black to red in higher temperatures.

Realme 15 Pro Game of Thrones Limited Edition
Realme 15 Pro Game of Thrones Limited Edition

The phone also sports custom golden accents around the camera module and themed UI elements, plus exclusive packaging that includes Westeros-related memorabilia like house sigils and souvenirs. Apart from the nod to the popular fantasy series, the limited edition model features the same specs as the regular Realme 15 Pro, which include the 6.8-inch 144Hz AMOLED display, Snapdragon 7 Gen 4 chipset, and a 7,000 mAh battery.

Motorola Edge 70 Swarovski Edition

If fashion tech is your thing, the Motorola Edge 70 Swarovski Edition is one of the most elegant special phones this season. This variant dresses the Edge 70 in Pantone’s 2026 Colour of the Year, Cloud Dancer. This adds a soft and serene white finish that is decorated with 14 Swarovski crystals.

Motorola Edge 70 Swarovski Edition

It is a part of Motorola’s “Brilliant Collection” and adds a luxurious bling to the super thin phone. The rest of the specs of the Edge 70 remain identical, bringing a 6.67-inch pOLED display, Snapdragon 7 Gen 4, 50MP dual cameras on the rear, a 4,800mAh battery pack, and a sub-6mm body.

Motorola Razr FIFA World Cup 2026 Edition

For fans of football, Motorola has another great limited edition phone for you. The Motorola Razr FIFA World Cup 2026 Edition arrives as a celebration of the sport’s biggest event. This special edition model keeps the Razr’s base flip phone hardware but adds a themed vegan-leather exterior patterned with colorful graphics inspired by the tournament’s branding.

Best Limited Edition Phones in January 2026
Motorola Razr FIFA World Cup 2026 Edition

You’ll find FIFA-themed wallpapers, ringtones, and logos pre-loaded, making this not just a phone but a celebratory accessory for fans. Hardware-wise, you get a tall 6.9-inch foldable AMOLED display, a MediaTek Dimensity 7400X chipset, a 3.6-inch cover display, and a 4,500mAh battery that supports 30W wired fast charging and 15W wireless charging.

Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 7 Olympic Edition

Samsung’s Galaxy Z Flip7 Olympic Edition is one of the standout special releases of early 2026. Designed specifically for athletes participating in the Milano Cortina 2026 Winter Olympic and Paralympic Games, this Flip 7 variant features a unique blue-and-gold theme inspired by Olympic spirit, plus curated apps like communication tools for athletes and connectivity enhancements.

Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 7 2026 Olympic Edition Launch
Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 7 2026 Olympic Edition

Although not available directly to the public, this edition is being gifted to thousands of Olympians and Paralympians and could become a prized collector item in resale communities. It preserves the Flip7’s core foldable hardware while adding distinctive design and software elements tied to the games.

Red Magic 11 Pro+ Wuthering Waves Edition

Gamers looking for something vibrant should check out the Red Magic 11 Pro+ Wuthering Waves Edition, launched in China with an Energy Red themed design inspired by the popular mobile game Wuthering Waves. Beyond the striking colorway, this edition includes custom UI themes, icons, wallpapers and even themed charging animations, along with themed accessories like a protective case and badges.

Red Magic 11 Pro+ Wuthering Waves Edition
Red Magic 11 Pro+ Wuthering Waves Edition

The hardware remains flagship-grade with specs such as a Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chip, a 6.85-inch 144Hz AMOLED display, a 7,500 mAh battery, RGB lighting effects, and an active cooling system with a built-in fan.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

The post Best Limited Edition Phones You Can Buy in January 2026 appeared first on Gizmochina.

Lexar launches 512GB and 1TB JumpDrive A50V/C50V USB drives with 200MB/s speeds

Lexar JumpDrive A50V and C50V

Lexar has launched new 512GB and 1TB variants of its JumpDrive A50V and C50V dashcam USB drives. The expanded storage lineup is aimed at drivers who require long-duration video recording for vehicle surveillance and security. The 1TB model can store up to 96 hours of footage from four dashcams in Li Auto vehicles.

Lexar JumpDrive A50V and C50V

Lexar JumpDrive A50V & C50V Specifications

The JumpDrive A50V uses a USB-A connector, while the C50V is equipped with USB-C. Both drives support USB 3.2 Gen 1 and offer read and write speeds of up to 200MB/s. Lexar uses high-quality TLC NAND flash memory in both models, which helps improve durability and allows the drives to handle high rewrite workloads over extended periods.

Lexar said the drives are designed for continuous 24/7 loop recording and can automatically overwrite older footage when storage is full. This feature supports dashcam and sentry mode use in electric and connected vehicles. The drives ship preformatted in exFAT but can be reformatted to FAT32 or NTFS if required.

Lexar JumpDrive A50V and C50V

The JumpDrive C50V measures 28.8 x 22.5 x 16.23 mm and weighs 13.5 grams. The USB-A based A50V is slightly smaller at 22.5 x 14.9 x 20.25 mm and weighs 6.2 grams. Both models are built to withstand extreme in-car temperatures. Lexar rates the drives to operate between -40°C and 75°C, with storage temperature tolerance up to 100°C.

Lexar said the drives passed compatibility testing with various new energy vehicles. They support plug-and-play functionality on many systems, though some vehicles may require formatting via the infotainment system. Each drive includes a one-year limited warranty and has passed Lexar’s internal automotive-grade reliability testing.

Pricing and Availability

The 512GB model is priced at 779 yuan ($112), while the 1TB version is priced at 1,419 yuan ($205). The new storage options are now available in China through official retail channels.

In related news, you can also read our roundup of the best MagSafe SSDs for iPhone and mobile creators in 2026.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

(JD 1,2)

The post Lexar launches 512GB and 1TB JumpDrive A50V/C50V USB drives with 200MB/s speeds appeared first on Gizmochina.

Realme Narzo 90x 5G Launches in New Valentine’s Special Maroon Shade

Realme Narzo 90x 5G

Realme has announced a new colour option for its 2025 Breakthrough Best Seller smartphone, the Realme Narzo 90x 5G. The new finish is called Valentine’s Special Maroon. It joins the existing Nitro Blue and Flash Blue options and becomes the third colour variant available for the device.

Realme Narzo 90x 5G

The Valentine’s Special Maroon version will go on sale starting 14 February 2026 at 12 PM. It will be available through Amazon India and the Realme India website. The company has not confirmed pricing yet, but it is expected to match the current colour variants. Since this is only a new colour option, there are no changes to the hardware or software. Realme may announce launch-day offers or limited discounts, which should be detailed once sales begin.

The Narzo 90x 5G originally launched on December 16. It features a 6.8-inch LCD display with a 1570×720 pixel resolution. The screen supports a 144Hz refresh rate, a 180Hz touch sampling rate, and up to 1,200 nits of peak brightness. Display protection is handled by DT-Star D+ glass.

Realme Narzo 90x 5G

The smartphone is powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 6300 processor. The chipset includes two Cortex-A76 cores clocked at 2.4GHz and six Cortex-A55 cores running at 2GHz, paired with a Mali-G57 MC2 GPU. It comes with 6GB or 8GB of LPDDR4X RAM and 128GB of eMMC 5.1 storage. Storage can be expanded up to 2TB using a microSD card.

For cameras, the phone features a 50MP Sony IMX852 rear sensor with an f/1.8 aperture and an 8MP front camera with an f/2.0 aperture. Both cameras support 1080p video recording at 30fps. Other features include a side-mounted fingerprint sensor, a single bottom-firing speaker with 400 percent Ultra Volume, an IP65 rating, and MIL-STD 810H certification.

The Narzo 90x 5G packs a 7,000mAh battery with support for 60W fast charging. It measures 166.07×77.93×8.28mm and weighs 212g. Connectivity options include 5G SA and NSA bands n1, n3, n5, n8, n28B, n40, n41, n77, and n78, along with dual 4G VoLTE, Wi-Fi ac, Bluetooth 5.3, and a USB Type-C port. The phone runs Android 15 with realme UI 6.0.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

(Source)

The post Realme Narzo 90x 5G Launches in New Valentine’s Special Maroon Shade appeared first on Gizmochina.

Oppo Find X10 series could pair 8,500mAh battery with 100W charging

Oppo Find X9 Pro

Battery capacity in smartphones keeps creeping upward, but this latest rumor suggests Oppo might be preparing something on an entirely different level.

According to Chinese tipster Digital Chat Station, Oppo has entered trial production for a new dual-cell battery pack rated at around 8,500mAh typical capacity. If accurate, that would put it well above most current flagships.

Oppo Find X9 Pro
Oppo Find X9 Pro

The leak claims the setup consists of two 4,190mAh cells, giving a combined rated capacity of 8,380mAh and a typical advertised figure close to 8,500mAh. More interestingly, it’s said to support 100W fast charging without aggressive throttling. The tipster didn’t confirm the exact device, but the clues point toward the upcoming Find X10 series, likely a higher-end variant.

The current Oppo Find X9 lineup already pushed battery capacity past the 7,000mAh mark. Moving to 8,500mAh wouldn’t feel out of place.

Other rumors around the Find X10 series include dual 200MP cameras and a next-gen chipset, potentially something in the Dimensity 9600 class. So pairing that hardware with a massive battery would make sense.

There’s also a possibility this battery could land in a future OnePlus flagship instead. However, separate leaks suggest OnePlus may be experimenting with even larger capacities, possibly approaching 9,000mAh and 120W charging.

Chinese brands have been aggressively pushing battery innovation lately. Companies like Honor, Xiaomi, and Vivo are all experimenting with higher-capacity silicon-carbon cells.

The logic is straightforward: efficiency gains alone aren’t enough anymore. To meaningfully extend battery life, brands are increasing physical capacity while trying to maintain fast charging speeds and manageable thermals.

Nothing has been officially announced yet, and trial production doesn’t guarantee final implementation. The Find X10 series is expected sometime in late 2026, so there’s still room for adjustments.

But if this leak holds up, Oppo could be positioning its next flagship as another genuine battery champion. For anyone tired of charging every night, that alone makes this rumor worth watching.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source: DCS on Weibo)

The post Oppo Find X10 series could pair 8,500mAh battery with 100W charging appeared first on Gizmochina.

OnePlus 11 and OnePlus 12R receive February 2026 OxygenOS Update

OnePlus has started rolling out OxygenOS 16.0.3.500 for users in India. The update is now available for the OnePlus 11 and the OnePlus 12R. As with previous updates, this is an incremental OTA and will first reach a small number of users before expanding to a wider rollout over the next few days.

OnePlus 11
OnePlus 12R
OnePlus 12R

For the OnePlus 11, the update focuses on small usability changes and security improvements. In Drawer mode, app categorization has been improved with the addition of two new categories called Office and Finance. These categories are meant to make it easier to find work-related and finance apps without scrolling through long app lists. The update also includes the February 2026 Android security patch, which fixes known security issues and improves overall system safety.

Privacy-related features have also been updated on the OnePlus 11. Users can now browse files stored in Private Safe by sliding the side slider. It is also possible to search for files directly within folders inside Private Safe. In addition, files stored in Private Safe can now be shared without moving them to another location, making secure file handling quicker and more practical.

The OnePlus 12R receives a different set of changes focused on charging and battery use. OxygenOS 16.0.3.500 adds a new bypass charging feature. When the phone is used for gaming, video streaming, live streaming, navigation, or other high-load tasks, users can connect the charger and enable bypass charging. This allows the phone to draw power directly from the charger instead of the battery, which helps reduce heat and battery wear during heavy use. The OnePlus 12R also receives the February 2026 Android security patch.

OnePlus 12R OxygenOS 16.0.3.500
OnePlus 11 OxygenOS 16.0.3.500

Like the OnePlus 11, the 12R gains the same Private Safe improvements. Users can browse files using the side slider, search for files within Private Safe folders, and share files directly from Private Safe.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

(Source 1, 2)

The post OnePlus 11 and OnePlus 12R receive February 2026 OxygenOS Update appeared first on Gizmochina.

Samsung Exynos 2700 chip to enter production in H2 2026, may power half of Galaxy S27 units

samsung-exynos-1

Samsung is expected to begin mass production of its Exynos 2700 processor in the second half of 2026, according to a report from The Korea Economic Daily citing Kiwoom Securities. Analyst Park Yoo-ak stated that the chip will be manufactured using Samsung Foundry’s second-generation 2nm GAA process (SF2P), with initial yields reaching approximately 50%.

samsung-exynos (1)

The Exynos 2700 could mark a significant shift in Samsung’s mobile strategy. The chip is projected to power around 50% of the upcoming Galaxy S27 series smartphones. This would be a sharp increase compared to the Exynos 2600, which currently powers about 25% of the Galaxy S26 lineup. The Galaxy S26 Ultra exclusively uses Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chip across all markets.

Park Yoo-ak noted that yield improvements and growing customer demand for cost-effective solutions are expected to help the Exynos 2700 gain more traction. Samsung has reportedly asked its partners to promote the SF2P process, which indicates confidence in the chip’s production readiness.

Samsung completed the base design of the Exynos 2700 in 2025. Benchmark leaks suggest a 10-core CPU layout using a unique 4+1+4+1 cluster configuration and a new AMD-based Xclipse 970 GPU. The early test results showed lower clock speeds and performance figures, but the chip appears to be in its engineering phase.

Kiwoom Securities expects Samsung’s non-memory division to post a 21% year-over-year revenue increase to 36.4 trillion won ($24.8 billion) next year. The firm also forecasts an operating profit of 1.8 trillion won ($1.22 billion) for the division.

Samsung aims to cut reliance on Qualcomm’s Snapdragon chips and turn its mobile processor business profitable by expanding Exynos deployment in future flagship phones.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

(Source)

The post Samsung Exynos 2700 chip to enter production in H2 2026, may power half of Galaxy S27 units appeared first on Gizmochina.

Samsung Galaxy Watch 8 vs Watch Ultra: Which One Makes More Sense (Especially With US Discounts)

Galaxy Watch 8 vs Ultra

Choosing between the Samsung Galaxy Watch 8 and the Galaxy Watch Ultra isn’t just about specs; it’s about lifestyle. One is designed for everyday comfort and smart health tracking, while the other targets extreme durability and outdoor performance. With limited-time discounts currently live for US customers, the decision becomes even more relevant right now. This comparison breaks down where each watch truly excels, helping buyers decide whether sleek practicality or rugged endurance offers better value during the ongoing deal window.

Major Features:

FeatureGalaxy Watch 8Galaxy Watch UltraWinner
Build & MaterialsAluminum frame, lighterTitanium frame, rugged buildWatch Ultra – More durable premium materials
Comfort & WearabilityLighter & slimmerHeavier & bulkierWatch 8 – Better for all-day wear
Display Brightness~3000 nits peakBright but lower peakWatch 8 – Stronger outdoor visibility
Sensor SuiteBioActive with antioxidant indexBioActive + water tempWatch Ultra – Extra water temp sensor
Fitness & Outdoor TrackingStrong daily fitnessBetter for strenuous/outdoorWatch Ultra – Geared toward adventurers
Software & PerformanceWear OS 6 out of boxWear OS 5 → OS 6Watch 8 – Newer OS preloaded
Storage Options32GB32GB or 64GBWatch Ultra – More storage choice
Battery Capacity435 mAh590 mAhWatch Ultra – Longer life, especially with GPS
Connectivity (GPS/Bluetooth/LTE)Same on bothSame on bothTie – No real difference
Daily UsabilityBetter everyday comfortBetter for rugged useTie – Depends on lifestyle
Value (Price vs Features)~$260~$380Watch 8 – Better bang for most users
OverallBalanced & accessibleRugged & long-lastingWatch 8 (General) – Best overall choice for most

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Design and Display

Build & Comfort

Galaxy Watch 8 focuses on comfort and daily usability. Its slim aluminum body and lighter weight make it easy to wear all day and comfortable during sleep. The flatter design also fits better under sleeves, giving it a clean, classic smartwatch feel.

Galaxy Watch Ultra, on the other hand, prioritizes durability. Its titanium frame and thicker build feel extremely solid, but the added weight is noticeable during long wear. It feels more like an outdoor instrument than a lifestyle accessory. Both meet MIL-STD-810H standards, but the Ultra’s materials inspire more confidence in harsh conditions.

Display Brightness & Visibility

Watch 8 stands out with a 3000-nit peak brightness, offering excellent visibility in direct sunlight. The Ultra’s display remains sharp and colorful, but doesn’t match the same brightness advantage.

Verdict

Watch 8 favors comfort and visibility, while Watch Ultra is built for toughness over elegance.

Health and Fitness Tracking

Sensors & Tracking Accuracy

Both watches share Samsung’s BioActive sensor suite, delivering accurate heart rate, SpO₂, ECG, and sleep data. The Watch 8 adds an antioxidant index, leaning more toward wellness insights. The Watch Ultra counters with water temperature tracking, clearly targeting swimmers and outdoor users. For everyday health tracking, accuracy remains largely similar across both.

Workout Modes

Workout support is strong on both models, with automatic detection and detailed post-activity stats. The Watch Ultra feels better suited for long hikes, swimming, and endurance workouts due to its rugged build and larger battery. The Watch 8 comfortably handles gym sessions, runs, and daily fitness routines without feeling excessive.

Verdict

Watch 8 is ideal for daily health tracking, while Watch Ultra shines in demanding fitness environments.

Performance and Software

UI Smoothness

Both watches run on the Exynos W1000 (3nm) chipset with 2GB RAM, resulting in smooth navigation and fast app launches. Every day performance feels identical, even during multitasking. Watch 8 ships with Wear OS 6, giving it a slight head start in software longevity.

App Support & Features

App support remains the same across both, including Google apps, Samsung Health, LTE calling, and payments. The Ultra’s higher storage option benefits users who store offline music or maps, though most users may not need it. Software polish is consistent and mature on both devices.

Verdict

Performance is evenly matched, with Watch 8 gaining a small edge thanks to newer software out of the box.

Battery and Connectivity

Battery Life

Battery life is a clear advantage for the Watch Ultra. Its 590 mAh battery lasts noticeably longer, especially with GPS or LTE usage. The Watch 8 delivers reliable one-day battery life but requires more frequent charging. Both support 10W wireless charging.

GPS, Bluetooth, LTE

Connectivity options are identical, including dual-frequency GPS, Bluetooth 5.3, Wi-Fi, NFC, and eSIM. GPS accuracy and call reliability are consistent on both models, even in challenging environments.

Verdict

Watch Ultra wins on battery endurance, while Watch 8 is sufficient for regular daily use.

Pricing

At around $259.99, the Galaxy Watch 8 offers strong value with flagship-level features at a more accessible price. The Galaxy Watch Ultra, priced at $379, justifies its cost through premium materials and longer battery life rather than added software features. The price gap is significant and only makes sense for users who need extra durability.

Disclaimer:
Prices are approximate and may vary based on country, region, and applicable taxes.

Conclusion

Best For Whom

Galaxy Watch 8 is best for users who want a lightweight, comfortable smartwatch focused on daily health and fitness. Galaxy Watch Ultra is designed for outdoor enthusiasts, swimmers, and users who prioritize durability and battery life.

Final Verdict

Galaxy Watch 8 delivers a better all-around experience for most users, while Galaxy Watch Ultra is a powerful but more specialized option.

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Read More:

The post Samsung Galaxy Watch 8 vs Watch Ultra: Which One Makes More Sense (Especially With US Discounts) appeared first on Gizmochina.

Leak Claims 100MP Front Camera and Dual 200MP Setup for Ultra Flagship Phone

100 MP front camera

Key Highlights:

  • 100MP selfie test: A 100MP front camera is being tested, a possible industry first.
  • Dual 200MP rear cameras: The prototype includes 200MP main and 200MP telephoto sensors.
  • Impact still unclear: Real benefits will depend on software, heat control, and processing power.

According to a well-known Chinese tipster, Digital Chat Station, a major smartphone brand is testing an extreme camera setup for its next ultra-flagship phone. The prototype reportedly features a 200MP main rear camera, a 200MP telephoto camera, and a 100MP front-facing camera. If released, the 100MP selfie camera would be an industry first.

The leak notes that the device uses a custom small-pixel sensor solution and is still in early testing, meaning the final hardware may change before launch. The manufacturer’s identity was not revealed, but commenters speculate it could be OPPO or vivo.

This development is notable because front cameras have seen far fewer upgrades compared to rear cameras. A 100MP selfie sensor could significantly improve video calls, live streaming, vlogging, and social media content creation, areas where smartphones are increasingly replacing dedicated cameras. However, challenges such as processing load, heat, storage demands, and real-world image quality could limit how transformative such high resolutions actually are.

Industry trends already point toward dual 200MP rear camera systems becoming common in future flagships. At the same time, companies like Huawei, OPPO, and vivo are reportedly experimenting with new front-camera sensor formats.

For now, all details remain unconfirmed, but the testing hints at where smartphone imaging could be heading next.

Read More:

(via)

The post Leak Claims 100MP Front Camera and Dual 200MP Setup for Ultra Flagship Phone appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi Adds Fireworks, Gestures, and Big Camera Upgrades to the 17 Pro Series

xiaomi 17 pro

Key Highlights:

  • New Spring Festival features add countdowns, animated fireworks, and gesture controls to the rear display
  • Major camera upgrades improve video recording, night scenes, and creative shooting modes
  • Festive back screen features are exclusive to the China-only Xiaomi 17 Pro series

Xiaomi 17 Pro

Xiaomi has announced a new Spring Festival software update for its Xiaomi 17 Pro series, introducing festive back screen functions along with a range of camera enhancements. The update is scheduled to roll out in mid-February.

One of the main additions is a set of Lunar New Year features designed for the phone’s rear secondary display. From Lunar New Year Day 1 through Day 7, the back screen wallpaper will update automatically at midnight each day.

On New Year’s Eve, a countdown animation will begin at 11:55 PM. When midnight is reached, a fireworks animation will automatically play on the rear display.

The update also introduces gesture-controlled interactions. Users can trigger the fireworks animation remotely by making a fist and then opening their hand in front of the back screen, without touching the device.

In addition to festive visuals, Xiaomi is expanding camera capabilities across the Xiaomi 17 series. Intelligent Scene Card support, adapted from the Xiaomi 17 Ultra, improves photo and video capture for fireworks and stage performance scenes.

For video creators, Xiaomi has added LOFIC recording with support for up to 4K at 60 frames per second, enhanced LOG recording with additional LUTs, dual-view recording using both front and rear cameras, and rear-screen full-frame recording for immersive video selfies. Further improvements include better slow-motion performance, enhanced night video, and improved ultra-wide-angle distortion correction.

The new back screen festive features are exclusive to the China-only variant of the Xiaomi 17 Pro series. International users will not receive these features, as the Pro models are not available globally.

Xiaomi 17 Pro Series — Updates:

Spring Festival Back Screen Features

  • Daily Lunar New Year wallpapers from Day 1 to Day 7
  • New Year’s Eve countdown animation on the rear display
  • Fireworks animation triggered automatically at midnight
  • Air-gesture control to trigger fireworks without touching the phone
  • Features rely on the rear secondary display

Camera Updates

  • Intelligent Scene Card support adapted from Xiaomi 17 Ultra
  • Dynamic photo capture while recording video
  • Enhanced LOG video recording with expanded LUT support
  • Customizable camera interface and toolbar layout
  • Dual-view recording using front and rear cameras simultaneously
  • Improved slow-motion video performance
  • Enhanced night-scene video recording
  • Improved ultra-wide-angle distortion correction

Camera Features With Explicit Hardware Limits

  • LOFIC video recording with support up to 4K at 60fps
  • Rear-screen full-frame video selfie recording

Read More:

(via)

The post Xiaomi Adds Fireworks, Gestures, and Big Camera Upgrades to the 17 Pro Series appeared first on Gizmochina.

Honor 600 Lite’s new MediaTek chip revealed through Geekbench listing

Honor 400 Lite

Honor has been launching two generations of numbered smartphones each year in China, while the global market typically receives only select models. That’s why the Honor 300 and 500 series were launched in China but skipped for global markets. Now, the brand is said to be working on the Honor 600 series for both China and international markets.

In the latest development, Honor is gearing up to launch the Honor 600 Lite. The device was recently spotted on multiple certification platforms, and it has now appeared on Geekbench, revealing its chipset and other key details.

Honor 600 Lite Geekbench listing

Honor 600 Lite Geekbench listing
Honor 600 Lite Geekbench listing

Recent certifications, such as GCF and TDRA (UAE), have revealed that an Honor phone bearing the model number LNA-NX1 will be called the Honor 600 Lite when it arrives in the global market. Honor has not launched a “Lite” version of its numbered series in China before, so the 600 Lite is unlikely to be released there.

The Honor 600 Lite’s Geekbench listing indicates that it is powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 7100 chipset. Currently, the only other phone known to feature this chip is the Infinix Note Edge, and it is speculated that the upcoming Tecno Pova Curve 2 may also adopt it.

While the chipset name is not explicitly mentioned in the Geekbench listing, the model number MT6858 along with CPU and GPU details (via metadata) are enough to confirm that the device features the Dimensity 7100 SoC.

The Geekbench listing further shows that the Honor 600 Lite comes with 8GB of RAM and runs Android 16, which is likely paired with MagicOS 10. It achieved scores of 994 and 3023 points in the single-core and multi-core tests, respectively.

Honor 600 Lite NBTC listing
Honor 600 Lite NBTC listing

Apart from appearing on Geekbench, the device has also surfaced in the database of Thailand’s NBTC certification. As usual, the listing hasn’t revealed anything significant about it. Upcoming reports are expected to reveal more details about the device.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

(via)

The post Honor 600 Lite’s new MediaTek chip revealed through Geekbench listing appeared first on Gizmochina.

5 HyperOS 3 features that make it better than stock Android

HyperOS 3 features
HyperOS 3 features

HyperOS 3 is one of the biggest upgrades to Xiaomi devices to date, bringing loads of new features and improvements across the system. It’s based on Android 16, but on top of that, Xiaomi has introduced several exciting and useful features in HyperOS 3 that make the stock Android feel like a less feature-rich update.

Here are the five HyperOS 3 features that make it better than stock Android.

1. HyperIsland with multitasking capabilities

Android 16 adds Live Updates to show ongoing tasks (delivery, ride, etc.) in the notification area and on the lock screen, but HyperOS 3 goes much further with HyperIsland. Xiaomi’s implementation features a dedicated pill-style hub at the top of the screen with the ability to show multiple live activities at once (up to three), letting users monitor several concurrent tasks simultaneously and interact with each individually.

HyperIsland offers rich inline controls (play/pause, call actions, accept/decline, navigation shortcuts, etc.) and supports gestures like tapping to expand and swiping to switch islands. What’s more interesting is that users can swipe down an island to open the related app into a floating window for instant multitasking. The Live Updates in Android 16 have fewer controls and don’t offer floating-window behavior for islands.

Xiaomi’s HyperIsland also offers better integration with system features and extends support to a wide range of third-party apps like WhatsApp, YouTube, and Spotify. At the same time, Android 16’s Live Updates work best with Google’s own apps and depend heavily on app developers to make the required changes.

2. Cinematic lock screen and AI dynamic wallpapers (with deeper editing)

HyperOS 3 lock screen
Lock screen in HyperOS 3

HyperOS 3.0 focuses on offering a redefining lock-screen experience with new AI-assisted features and deeper customization, while stock Android 16 focuses more on core OS usability than on lock-screen creativity.

The new AI Cinematic Lock Screen feature in HyperOS 3 creates a story-like, cinematic effect each time you unlock, and the AI Dynamic Wallpapers feature transforms your photos into stunning cinematic visuals. HyperOS 3 also features smoother lock-screen transitions, like AOD to lock screen to home screen, making the lock screen feel more premium and lively.

HyperOS 3 - AI Dynamic Wallpapers
HyperOS 3 - AI Cinematic Lock Screen

In short, Android 16’s lock screen is clean and functional but less focused on creativity and personalization, but HyperOS 3 explicitly promotes personalized editing. 

3. Much stronger cross-ecosystem features, including Apple integration

HyperOS 3 improved interconnectivity

HyperOS 3.0 excels at cross-device connectivity, especially with Apple devices, while stock Android 16 mostly focuses on bridging gaps among Android devices.

HyperOS 3 - Touch to Share

The “Touch to share” feature on HyperOS 3.0 now works with Apple devices too. So, you can now share photos, videos, files, and Wi-Fi passwords with Apple devices simply by touching both devices. Users can also run Xiaomi phone apps on iPad using the Home Screen+ feature with full support for iPad multitasking. Plus, they can unlock their Xiaomi devices using Touch ID or Face ID.

Apple devices can connect to a Xiaomi hotspot with just one tap. Additionally, users can instantly locate their Xiaomi phones from Apple devices, further strengthening Xiaomi’s cross-ecosystem capabilities.

4. HyperAI for smarter writing, transcription, and translation

HyperOS 3.0 provides a suite of AI features as a part of HyperAI, while stock Android 16 relies on Google apps (Gemini, Translate, Photos, etc.) to deliver the most visible AI features.

HyperOS 3 - AI Writing
HyperOS 3 - AI Speech Recognition

The AI Writing feature in HyperOS 3.0 can rewrite text in multiple styles, generate captions for images, and features a “DeepThink mode” for longer content in Notes. The AI Speech Recognition helps reduce background noise, convert speech to text while recording, and generate an instant summary when the recording ends.

HyperOS 3 - AI Search

HyperAI also offers AI Search to search the web for instant answers, generate AI summaries of search results, and find on-device content quickly, while the AI Translate feature does live interpretation for calls/meetings, bilingual subtitles by transcribing and translating audio, and an offline mode for face-to-face conversation translation.

5. Stronger privacy and security layer

The stock Android 16 features Android Protection, which layers multiple protections, such as Theft Detection Lock, offline device lock, USB protection, and anti-scam safeguards. Many of them are also available on Xiaomi devices running HyperOS 3, but the software also includes several security features developed by Xiaomi that are not present in stock Android 16.

HyperOS 3 security features

HyperOS 3 offers Quantum-level data protection for protection against future quantum attacks on communications. It also features Edge-to-cloud AI data security, ensuring data stays private with on-device and cloud privacy computing, and MiTEE‑powered security protocols for interconnectivity.

So, HyperOS 3.0, based on Android 16, is a pretty significant upgrade for Xiaomi devices, bringing plenty of additional features and improvements over stock Android 16.

Also read:
1. Xiaomi HyperOS 3.1 update: New features, smarter UI, & more
2. HyperOS 3.1 vs HyperOS 3: Every features, changes, & full eligible device list

To ensure you don’t miss out on the important updates from Xiaomi, remember to visit the Xiaomi section on this website regularly. Alternatively, you can join us on Telegram to get instant notifications about the latest HyperOS updates, along with the biggest tech headlines.

The post 5 HyperOS 3 features that make it better than stock Android appeared first on Gizmochina.

Infinix Note 60 Pro Teased: iPhone 17 Pro’s Design Meets Nothing Phone 3’s Matrix Display

Infinix Note 60 Pro

Infinix is teasing its upcoming Note 60 Pro, and early looks suggest it’s mixing design cues from some of the most talked-about phones from last year. The teaser showcases a large new camera island that resembles the latest iPhone 17 Pros, but borrows a design element inspired by Nothing’s Phone (3). So let’s check it out.

Infinix Note 60 Pro Teased

Looking at the teaser poster, the Infinix Note 60 Pro features a bold rear camera island that seems inspired by the iPhone 17 Pro Max. But what stands out is the active Matrix Display on this module. You also get an active dot-matrix style panel that can display info like time, weather, notifications, music controls and charging progress. The dynamic visuals in the back of the phone draw creative parallels to the Nothing Phone (3)’s Glyph interface, but with its own twist.

Infinix Note 60 Pro
Infinix Note 60 Pro with Rear Matrix Display Teased

Pair this with a choice of new colorways, namely Solar Orange, and the Note 60 Pro is offering a vibrant new look. The brand has also confirmed that the upcoming mid range phone will be equipped with Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 7s Gen 4 5G. On the front, this model sports a tall 6.78-inch Ultra HDR display with a 1.5K resolution and a 144Hz refresh rate. A massive 6,500mAh battery pack powers the Note 60 Pro, which supports 90W wired fast charging and a new “Battery Self Healing Tech”.

Other notable features include a 50MP Night Master main camera, JBL tuned stereo speakers, a premium leather textured back panel, a 3D IceCore VC vapor-chamber cooling system to keep temps in check, and more. The company has yet to confirm the launch date and pricing details, but the device is set to debut soon. We can expect the Infinix Note 60 Pro to be unveiled during the MWC 2026 event.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Tech enthusiast? Get the latest news first! Follow our Telegram channel and subscribe to our free newsletter for your daily tech fix! ⚡

The post Infinix Note 60 Pro Teased: iPhone 17 Pro’s Design Meets Nothing Phone 3’s Matrix Display appeared first on Gizmochina.

China Flies World’s First 5-Ton, 10-Passenger eVTOL, Raising the Bar for Air Taxis

autoflight

Key Highlights:

  • China has unveiled the world’s first 5-ton-class passenger eVTOL
  • The V5000 completed a full conversion flight, proving the large eVTOL’s feasibility
  • It can carry 10 passengers and fly up to 1500 km in hybrid mode

World’s First 5-Ton eVTOL Takes Flight

China has reached a major aviation milestone with the successful flight of the world’s first 5-ton electric vertical takeoff and landing aircraft, the V5000. The aircraft completed a full conversion flight at the Kunshan Civil Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Test Flight Operation Base in Jiangsu Province, smoothly transitioning from vertical takeoff to fixed-wing cruise and back to vertical landing. The flight was confirmed by local authorities, marking a breakthrough for large-scale eVTOL development.

From Concept to Large-Scale Air Taxi

The V5000 Sky Dragon was independently developed by Fengfei Aviation Technology, while the passenger-focused V5000 Matrix was unveiled by AutoFlight. Unlike most eVTOLs in service today, which weigh under 3 tons and carry fewer than six passengers, the V5000 enters a new class. It seats 10 passengers or carries multi-ton cargo, showing that eVTOLs can scale beyond small urban air taxis.

Design, Range, and Capability

The aircraft uses a compound wing and three-surface aerodynamic layout, powered by up to 20 lift motors. Its high-redundancy design allows safe flight even with motor failures. The pure-electric version offers a 250 km range, while the hybrid variant can reach up to 1,500 km, opening the door to regional routes and logistics missions.

Why This Matters Globally

Leading Western eVTOL developers remain focused on lighter aircraft for short city trips. None have flown a 5-ton-class eVTOL. The V5000 shows China moving faster toward large, practical, multi-role eVTOLs, signaling a shift from experimental air taxis to real aerial transport systems.

Read More:

(via)

The post China Flies World’s First 5-Ton, 10-Passenger eVTOL, Raising the Bar for Air Taxis appeared first on Gizmochina.

Alienware launches AW2526HL 24.5-inch gaming monitor with 1080p 300Hz display

Alienware-AW2526HL-Monitor

Alienware has officially launched the AW2526HL, a new 24.5-inch gaming monitor in the Chinese market. The monitor is now listed on JD.com and priced at 1199 yuan ($173).

Alienware AW2526HL Monitor

Alienware AW2526HL Specifications

The AW2526HL features a 1920 x 1080 resolution IPS panel with a native 300Hz refresh rate. It delivers a 1ms grey-to-grey response time, which helps minimize motion blur and ghosting during fast movement.

The display reaches a typical brightness of 400 nits and supports a 1000:1 contrast ratio. It produces 8-bit color and covers 99% of the sRGB color gamut, allowing for accurate color reproduction suitable for both gaming and general media tasks.

Alienware AW2526HL Monitor
Alienware AW2526HL Monitor

Alienware has equipped the monitor with AMD FreeSync Premium support along with VESA Adaptive-Sync compatibility. The monitor also includes TÜV Rheinland-certified ComfortView Plus hardware-based blue light reduction, which filters harmful blue light without compromising color accuracy.

In terms of design, the monitor features a fully adjustable stand that allows tilting from -5 to +21 degrees, height adjustment up to 130mm, and pivot rotation to suit different desk setups. It also supports VESA wall mounting for greater installation flexibility.

For connectivity, the monitor includes two HDMI 2.1 (TMDS) ports and one DisplayPort 1.4 input.

Alienware AW2526HL Monitor

The monitor has also passed TÜV eye comfort certification and meets several visual performance criteria, including refresh rate stability and color accuracy. Alienware offers a 3-year warranty with original parts replacement under standard usage conditions.

In related news, Alienware has recently launched the Area-51 desktop powered by AMD’s Ryzen 9000X3D series, starting at $3,349.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

(JD)

The post Alienware launches AW2526HL 24.5-inch gaming monitor with 1080p 300Hz display appeared first on Gizmochina.

Honor Magic 9 leak reveals massive 9,000mAh battery upgrade built to outlast rivals

HONOR Magic 8 Pro

Honor appears to be doubling down on its focus on large battery capacities across its portfolio. After recently launching devices such as the Honor Win and Win RT with 10,000mAh batteries and the Honor Power 2 featuring a massive 10,080mAh unit, a new leak now suggests that the upcoming Magic 9 series could continue this trend. According to the leak, the next-generation flagship lineup may arrive with significantly bigger batteries than its predecessors, reinforcing Honor’s push towards long-lasting performance.

Honor Magic 9 series battery capacity tipped

Honor Magic 9 series battery capacity tipped

Well-known tipster Smart Pikachu claims that the Magic 9 lineup will remain photography-focused while also emphasizing battery endurance as a key selling point. The leak indicates that upcoming models in the series could feature battery capacities ranging between 8,000mAh and 9,000mAh, which would represent a noticeable upgrade compared to previous Magic-series smartphones.

For context, the current Honor Magic 8 lineup already includes sizeable battery units. The standard Magic 8, equipped with a 6.58-inch display, houses a 7,000mAh battery, while the Magic 8 Pro and Magic 8 RSR, both featuring 6.71-inch displays, offer slightly larger 7,100mAh batteries. These models are powered by Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipsets, setting expectations that the next generation could bring both performance and efficiency improvements.

Rumors also indicate that the Magic 9 series may be among the early adopters of the upcoming Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 platform. In terms of display sizes, early speculation points to a compact 6.3-inch panel for the standard Magic 9, while the Magic 9 Pro / RSR could grow to around 6.85 inches.

In related news, Honor is also said to be working on the Honor 600 series, which may debut by May 2026 in China. A recent report states that the vanilla Honor 600 may house a 6.57-inch OLED screen and a huge 9,000mAh battery. The other details of the Honor 600 series are under wraps.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Honor Magic 9 leak reveals massive 9,000mAh battery upgrade built to outlast rivals appeared first on Gizmochina.

China’s Top EV Maker BYD Sues U.S. Government: Challenges Trump-Era Tariffs

byd usa bus

Key Highlights:

  • BYD has filed a lawsuit challenging U.S. tariffs imposed during Donald Trump’s earlier presidency
  • The company is seeking refunds for tariffs paid since April 2025
  • The case could have wider implications for U.S.–China trade and tech tensions

source: en.byd.com

Chinese electric vehicle giant BYD has filed a lawsuit against the U.S. government, challenging tariffs that were imposed during Donald Trump’s earlier presidency.

The case was filed on January 26, 2026, in the U.S. Court of International Trade under case number 26-00847, and was publicly disclosed in early February. Four U.S.-based BYD entities: BYD America, BYD Coach & Bus, BYD Energy, and BYD Motors, are listed as plaintiffs. The defendants include several federal agencies, such as U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the Treasury Department, and the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative.

BYD argues that the tariffs were imposed under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA), a law that does not explicitly authorize the use of tariffs or border taxes. The company claims this represents an overreach of executive power and is asking the court to declare the measures invalid, block their enforcement, and order refunds of all tariffs paid, along with interest and legal costs.

Beyond BYD, the lawsuit could have broader implications for U.S.–China trade and the ongoing tech rivalry. If the court limits the use of IEEPA for tariffs, it may weaken a key U.S. trade tool and encourage other Chinese firms, especially in batteries, solar, and EV supply chains, to pursue similar legal challenges. Analysts say the case also reflects a shift toward Chinese companies using U.S. courts, rather than diplomacy alone, to challenge trade restrictions.

Read More;

(via)

The post China’s Top EV Maker BYD Sues U.S. Government: Challenges Trump-Era Tariffs appeared first on Gizmochina.

Samsung reaches over 1 billion active devices worldwide

Samsung is one of the most popular smartphone brands in the world, and new reports clearly show why. According to a recent report, Samsung now has over 1 billion active devices. Active devices are phones that people are using every day, not just phones that were sold and left unused.

By the end of 2025, more than 1 billion Samsung smartphones were being used across the globe. This is a huge achievement and shows how much people trust Samsung. The brand offers phones in many price ranges. From budget phones to premium models, Samsung has something for everyone.

Samsung’s success also explains why its devices are often listed among the best Android phones. People continue using Samsung phones for a long time, which helps the brand maintain such a large number of active users.

Samsung Counterpoint research

Image via Counterpoint

Only Apple comes close to Samsung in terms of active devices. Apple isn’t far behind, and in fact, it’s the only brand with even more active phones than Samsung. Nearly one out of every four smartphones in the world is an iPhone. Apple also led the market in revenue and overall phone sales in late 2025.

After Samsung and Apple, the next most-used phone brand is Xiaomi, but it still has a long way to go to match the top two. Companies like Oppo and Vivo have millions of users. While other brands are growing, none come close to the number of active devices Samsung and Apple have.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung reaches over 1 billion active devices worldwide appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Stellantis reconsiders US EV battery plans with Samsung

Stellantis NV, the company that makes Jeep and Ram, is thinking about leaving its battery project with Samsung SDI in the US. The company wants to save money after reporting more than €22 billion ($26 billion) in losses. Slower sales of electric vehicles have made Stellantis rethink its plans for batteries and EVs.

Bloomberg reports that Stellantis is exploring ways to sell its stake in the Indiana battery project with Samsung. No final decision has been made, and leaving the project could be costly and time-consuming. Stellantis said it is still “in discussions with Samsung on the future” of the joint venture. If it exists, the company may sell its share to another party.

The Indiana battery plant started in 2024 and was Samsung’s first in the US. Stellantis and Samsung planned to invest $2.5 billion and create 1,400 jobs. Some batteries from the plant are now being used for energy storage, and Samsung has found new customers for these batteries.

Samsung conductive Key button patent

This move follows Stellantis’ exit from a separate battery partnership with LG in Canada. While the company continues to buy batteries from that plant, it is pulling back from investments that are not profitable.

The decision shows that big EV investments are being reevaluated. Stellantis CEO Antonio Filosa is trying to cut losses and focus on projects that make more financial sense. For Samsung, the Indiana plant is now shifting partially toward energy storage, a market that is growing faster than EV batteries. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Stellantis reconsiders US EV battery plans with Samsung appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Motorola Signature in for review

Motorola unveiled the Motorola Signature last month as the first smartphone under its new Signature series. We've received one at our office for review, and after our quick video introduction, it's time to do a quick unboxing and see what's on offer. The Motorola Signature comes in two colors - Pantone Martini Olive and Pantone Carbon. We received the Pantone Martini Olive version, which came in a black-colored retail package, including some documents, a SIM ejector tool, and a transparent protective case with magnets. Our unit didn't come with a power adapter, but in some markets,...

Android Auto to let users pick Google Maps vehicle avatars on the go

Google Maps lets you pick a vehicle to show where you are on the map. You can choose the type of car or truck and even its color. Right now, if you want to change your car, you have to do it on your phone. On Android Auto, you can see your chosen vehicle while driving, but you can’t change it from your car’s screen. That is about to change.

The Android Auto version 16.2.660604 shows a new option, Driving avatar, in the navigation settings. With this, you could pick your vehicle directly from your car’s screen. You can choose the style, like an SUV or a sports car, and even the color. It works just like the interface you see on your phone.

This change will also sync with your Google account. That means if you change your vehicle in the car, it will update on your phone too, and vice versa. So, you can pick up your car either way, in the car or on your phone.

Google Maps Android Auto

Image via Android Authority

Most people may not change their avatar very often, but it’s a fun way to personalize your Maps experience. You can pick a car that looks like yours or even a dream car you wish you had.

Google hasn’t officially released this feature yet, but it seems ready and polished. Once it’s available, Android Auto users can make their navigation more fun and personal without touching their phone. Even though it’s a small feature, it adds a little extra enjoyment to everyday driving.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Android Auto to let users pick Google Maps vehicle avatars on the go appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Fujifilm X-Pro 4 camera with large sensor and hybrid viewfinder rumored to launch after the X-T6

More than six years after its launch, the Fujifilm X-Pro 3 remains one of the most unusual cameras on the market. With a small secondary display on the rear of the main screen and a hybrid viewfinder, the X-Pro 3 sets itself apart from basically all competitors. Now, rumors reveal additional details regarding the launch timeframe of its successor.

Apple may be inspiring Samsung to go back to a feature it dropped in 2020

Apple is widely rumored to be introducing variable aperture on the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max later this year, and Samsung is apparently paying very close attention to iPhone-related rumors. That's because the Korean company is now said to be considering re-adding the feature to its lineup as well. The Galaxy S9 and Galaxy S10 both had variable aperture main cameras, but the feature was dropped with the Galaxy S20 generation in 2020. If Samsung does adopt it again, then expect to see it on the Galaxy S27 family next year, so after a seven-year hiatus. It's quite interesting how...

Galaxy Z TriFold back in stock in the US this month

Samsung’s new Galaxy Z TriFold phone has been getting a lot of attention. Even though it costs $2,899, it sold out very quickly in the US after it launched at the end of January. Many people who wanted the phone were left waiting, but now Samsung is planning to restock it soon.

A report from The Chosun Daily says Samsung will restock the Galaxy Z TriFold in the US sometime in February. While no exact date has been shared, the new shipment could arrive within the next few weeks.

The timing may also be connected to Samsung’s next Galaxy Unpacked event, which is rumored for February 25. If so, the Galaxy TriFold might return before pre-orders for the Galaxy S26 begin.

Samsung Galaxy Z TriFold

Image – Samsung Newsroom

Samsung’s first batch of Galaxy Z TriFold phones in the US was very limited, with only a few thousand units available. This is similar to the number of phones released in South Korea when the TriFold launched there in December.

Even though the phone costs more in the US than in Korea, it sold out very fast. Currently, the phone is unavailable online and in Samsung’s stores. Customers can only sign up to get an email alert when the phone is back in stock.

For anyone who still wants to buy Samsung’s first tri-fold smartphone, it is a good idea to sign up for restock notifications on Samsung’s website. With demand still very high, the next batch of Galaxy Z TriFold phones could sell out just as quickly as the first one. Stay tuned.

The post Galaxy Z TriFold back in stock in the US this month appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Nothing's personalized AI-generated Essential Apps now in Beta

Back in October, Nothing unveiled Essential Apps - AI-generated mini-apps and widgets based on prompts, that will live on your device and can be shared with others through Nothing's Playground community platform. Today, Nothing is announcing the rollout of Essential Apps Beta, following the Alpha release from late 2025, which was only available for a small group of early adopters. With the Beta, access is gradually expanding through a waitlist, with users added in batches. Create apps shaped exactly around your specific needs and context.That's what Essential Apps are.You describe what...

Tecno Pova Curve 2 confirmed to offer a curved display, 8,000mAh battery

The Tecno Pova Curve 2 is scheduled to launch in India later this week. Following recent teasers highlighting its design and colour options, Tecno has now shared additional details about the upcoming smartphone. Fresh details shared on Tecno’s official India website confirm that the Pova Curve 2 will feature an 8,000mAh battery along with a curved display. Tecno also claims that the Pova Curve 2 5G is the world’s slimmest phone with an 8,000mAh battery with a curved screen. The handset is confirmed to measure just 7.42mm in thickness and weigh 195g. The company states that...

It’s time for Samsung to rollout Galaxy S26 Unpacked invitation

Leaks have already revealed that the Galaxy S26 series will launch on February 25, but Samsung has yet to rollout the official Unpacked 2026 invitation.

For the past four years, Samsung has shifted its Unpacked event to the start of each year. For example, the Galaxy S21 series made its debut in January 2021, the S22 and S23 lineup was released in February 2023, and the S24 was released in January 2024.

Earlier, Samsung was expected to host the Unpacked event in January, but several factors reportedly contributed to the delay. Including the memory chip supply chain constraints and raising production costs. Though the company is expected to increase prices of the next-gen S-series phones, such inputs remains into the rumor zone, at least for now.

Usually, Samsung releases the Unpacked invitation two weeks before the conference. However, the event delay may have the same impact on Samsung’s invitation rollout plans. That said, we’re only two weeks away from the next Unpacked event, and Samsung should be sending the 2026 Unpacked event invitation via press release by this week.

Samsung Unpacked Teaser leak reveals the Galaxy S26 series launch date

Source – Evan Blass/X

The event will be headlined by the Galaxy S26 series, consisting of three models – S26, S26 Plus, and S26 Ultra. The lineup will maintain the incremental upgrades, featuring the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset with increased CPU performance and NPU.

While the lineup will retain the camera specifications, Samsung may bring some optimizations to improve the overall picture quality and night photography. It will also improve the video camera experience thanks to the ISP.

The battery life will remain locked to predecessors. However, the phone will bring 60W super-fast charging support. Furthermore, these phones will ship with the One UI 8.5, the latest software with new UI optimizations.

One of the most notable technologies that is making headlines will be privacy display. It will combine hardware and software capabilities to hide the display content from other people while using the phone in public. These are just a few of the features from a bigger picture that we’ll see at the first Unpacked event of 2026.

The post It’s time for Samsung to rollout Galaxy S26 Unpacked invitation appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Leaked Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026 poster reveals event date and time

Samsung is preparing to launch its new Galaxy S26 series in the coming days. The company has already started giving hints about the Galaxy Unpacked 2026 event for 25 February 2026. Now, a new official-looking poster has appeared online about the Galaxy Unpacked event.

The poster has been shared on X by @Andalus_elect. At first glance, the poster looks official and similar to Samsung’s official event posters. However, Samsung has not shared or confirmed this poster yet. So, the information shown in the poster should be taken with a pinch of salt until the company makes an official announcement.

According to the leaked poster, the Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026 event will take place on February 25, 2026. The event is said to start at 9:00 PM Kuwait time, which is 11:30 PM IST and 1:00 PM EST. The poster also mentions that the event will be streamed live on Samsung.com, which allows people from different regions to watch the launch online.

Samsung Galaxy Unpacked Poster Leaked

Image via @Andalus_elect

In addition to the event details, the poster mentions a special registration offer. It claims that users who register their interest before the event may receive a KWD 10 gift card when they upgrade to the next Galaxy smartphone.

At this moment, all these details are based on the leaked poster and are not officially confirmed by Samsung. It is expected that Samsung will soon release its Galaxy Unpacked 2026 invitation. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Leaked Samsung Galaxy Unpacked 2026 poster reveals event date and time appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung starts hyping up the Galaxy S26 series, bills it as "something smarter"

Samsung still hasn't fully revealed when it's unveiling the Galaxy S26 family, but it recently went 99% of the way in the Terms and Conditions of a contest it's hosting. So the rumored date of February 25 is pretty much a given at this point. Ahead of that, the company's US arm has started a teaser campaign of sorts, by sharing the meme you can see below. The guy obviously sees "something smarter" coming in Samsung's Galaxy S26 lineup. That feeling when you can see into the future. 😌 🔮 What do you see in our future? pic.twitter.com/zA7XVAIzf3— Samsung Mobile US (@SamsungMobileUS)...

Major pre-Unpacked leak reveals full specs of Galaxy S26, S26+ and S26 Ultra

Samsung‘s new Galaxy S series, the Galaxy S26, is about to launch soon. Ahead of the Galaxy Unpacked event 2026, full specs of the Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26 Plus, and Galaxy S26 Ultra have leaked online. The leak comes from WinFuture and well-known tipster Roland Quandt. The official announcement is expected on February 25, with pre-orders opening the same day and shipments likely starting March 11.

The leak reveals a few notable changes. The Galaxy S26 series will not have built-in magnets for Qi2 wireless charging, though Samsung may sell separate cases for this. Battery sizes remain mostly the same as last year, and the phones are slightly thinner and lighter.

Prices in Europe for these devices are higher than last year, starting at €999 for the Galaxy S26, €1,269 for the Galaxy S26 Plus, and €1,469 for the Galaxy S26 Ultra. Let’s check the specs of these smartphones in detail.

Samsung Unpacked Teaser leak reveals the Galaxy S26 series launch date

Source – Evan Blass/X

Samsung Galaxy S26 Specs

  • Display: 6.3-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2X, 120Hz, Corning Gorilla Armor 2
  • Resolution and weight: 2340×1080, 167g
  • Processor: Exynos 2600
  • RAM and Storage: 12GB RAM, 256GB / 512GB
  • Camera: 50MP main, 10MP telephoto (3x), 12MP ultrawide, 12MP front
  • Battery and Charging: 4300mAh, 25W wired, 15W wireless
  • Software: Android 16, One UI 8.5
  • Colors: White, Blue, Black, Violet
  • Connectivity: 5G, Wi‑Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, NFC, GPS

Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus Specs

  • Display: 6.7-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2X, 120Hz, Corning Gorilla Armor 2
  • Resolution and weight: 3120×1440, 190g
  • Processor: Exynos 2600
  • RAM and Storage: 12GB RAM, 256GB / 512GB
  • Camera: 50MP main, 10MP telephoto (3x), 12MP ultrawide, 12MP front
  • Battery and Charging: 4900mAh, 45W wired, 15W wireless
  • Software: Android 16, One UI 8.5
  • Colors: White, Blue, Black, Violet
  • Connectivity: 5G, Wi‑Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, NFC, GPS

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Specs

  • Display: 6.9-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2X, 120Hz, Corning Gorilla Armor 2
  • Resolution and weight: 3120×1440, 214g
  • Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5
  • RAM and Storage: 12GB / 16GB RAM, 256GB / 512GB / 1TB
  • Camera: 200MP main, 50MP ultrawide, 50MP periscope telephoto (5x), 10MP telephoto (3x), 12MP front
  • Battery and Charging: 5000mAh, 60W wired, 15W wireless
  • Software: Android 16, One UI 8.5
  • Colors: White, Blue, Black, Violet
  • Connectivity: 5G, Wi‑Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, NFC, GPS

Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Major pre-Unpacked leak reveals full specs of Galaxy S26, S26+ and S26 Ultra appeared first on Sammy Fans.

New renders of Samsung Galaxy S26 offer closer look at design

Samsung is preparing to launch its next flagship series, the Galaxy S26, later this month. Before the official announcement, new images of the Galaxy S26 have leaked online. Earlier leaks already revealed the phone in black and white colors, and the latest images give us a closer look at its design.

New images of the Samsung Galaxy S26 shared by YTECHB look like official renders and show the phone from different angles, including the side profile. The biggest and most noticeable change in the Galaxy S26 is the rear camera design.

According to the renders, Samsung has moved away from the separate camera rings used in previous models. Instead, the Galaxy S26 now features a single camera island on the back. This new camera layout looks similar to the design seen on the Galaxy Z Fold 7. All camera lenses are placed together in a single raised section on the back, which gives the phone a cleaner, more modern appearance.

Samsung Galaxy S26 renders

Image via YTECHB

Apart from the camera module, the rest of the design remains mostly the same. The phone keeps its familiar shape, which will feel comfortable to long-time Samsung users. The power and volume buttons are still located on the side, just like before. The front camera, speakers, and charging port have not changed their positions.

Samsung Galaxy S26 renders

Image via YTECHB

The renders show the Galaxy S26 in a black color option, which gives it a premium and stylish look. The side profile appears slim, suggesting the phone will be easy to hold and use with one hand. It will reportedly come in Black, White, Cobalt Violet, and Sky Blue color options.

Samsung has not officially confirmed the details yet, but reports suggest the Galaxy S26 will be unveiled later this month. As the launch date gets closer, more information about features and specifications is expected. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post New renders of Samsung Galaxy S26 offer closer look at design appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Here's the official statement from Realme regarding a recent report of staff layoffs in India

Last week, a media report claimed that Realme was carrying out massive staff layoffs in India, starting with its sales team. This development came after a report from China claimed that Realme was merging with Oppo to become its sub-brand, which Realme had initially been. Today, we received an official statement from Realme's Indian branch confirming that it was undergoing organizational restructuring in India, but that it wasn't related to "any other brands." Realme also said it remains committed to India, its largest market outside China, and that its products, retail presence, and...

Honor MagicOS 10 now running on over 20 million devices

Following its announcement in October, Honor’s MagicOS 10 is now running on 20.26 million devices worldwide. The milestone was confirmed by the brand as it managed to push the update to over 150 devices. The news was shared on the official Honor Club platform. Honor Magic8 Pro running MagicOS 10 The Android 16-based MagicOS 10 made its debut on the Honor Magic8 and Magic8 Pro and was soon after brought to many of the brand’s older devices. Honor reached the milestone less than four months after announcing its latest Android 16-based OS. Source (in Chinese)

More iQOO 15R features confirmed ahead of the February 24 launch

Last week, we got our first look at the iQOO 15R, set to launch on February 24 as the first 'R' model in iQOO's number lineup in India. The brand has already revealed some of the 15R's features, and today, it detailed the 15R's display while also revealing the smartphone will be IP68 and IP69-rated. The iQOO 15R's punch-hole AMOLED display will have a 1.5K resolution, a 144Hz refresh rate, and 5,000 nits of local peak brightness, with the lowest brightness level being 1 nit. The iQOO 15R's display will support HDR10+ and feature a 3D ultrasonic fingerprint reader for biometric...

WhatsApp Web is finally getting voice and video calls

WhatsApp Web has been around since 2015, but the browser version of the messaging platform has yet to support voice or video calls. That’s about to change as the WhatsApp Web beta program is now introducing voice and video calls. The feature is gradually rolling out to beta subscribers and only works for one-to-one voice and video calls. Users can also share their screen during calls. Group calls are expected to arrive at a later point in time with support for calls with up to 32 participants. Call links and scheduled calls are also expected to be gradually rolled out. Calls placed on...

Samsung delays major Quick Panel customization feature until One UI 8.5 Stable

Samsung just confirmed a delay in the rollout of a major Quick Panel customization feature until the One UI 8.5 Stable update arrives.

One UI 8.5-powered Good Lock introduces bold new upgrades for apps and modules. QuickStar is one of the biggest beneficiaries. Samsung teased a grid customization feature, which is missing in the Beta software.

In a recent development, a Samsung moderator confirmed that the Quick Panel grid customization feature isn’t ready and is expected to roll out after the One UI 8.5 Stable.

Button grid customization will let Galaxy users tweak the size and orientation within the quick settings. Even though the fourth Beta has arrived, those personalization features aren’t accessible on Galaxy S25 devices.

Samsung is working on a major upgrade for the QuickStar app. Once available, Galaxy users will be able to customize Quick Panel in landscape mode, tweak the orientation of toggles, and set an image as the toggle background.

Good Lock manager previewed these changes in last month’s announcement. There’s more to come, and a mega show of some of the biggest highlights is anticipated at the Galaxy Unpacked this month.

If you’re on One UI 8.5 Beta, many Good Lock features are already available. The stable update is expected to start rolling out sometime in April.

One UI 8.5 QuickStar Feature

Source – Samsung Community Korea

The post Samsung delays major Quick Panel customization feature until One UI 8.5 Stable appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Exynos 2600 AI results tease smart Galaxy S26 features

Exynos 2600 turns out to be Samsung’s smartest chipset, bringing advanced AI features to the Galaxy S26 series. Years after criticism, it looks like the company is finally ready to stop apologizing for Exynos.

That is the quiet fact hiding behind the leaked MLPerf Mobile v5.0 scores (via BairroGrande) for the Exynos 2600. On paper, these numbers look bold, but in context, they are more interesting than being just flashy.

The leaked benchmarks point to a November 2025 build of Exynos 2600. Samsung’s Exynos 2600 reportedly hits 1185, while Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 sits at 880.

This is the difference between Live Translation feeling instant versus feeling like it is catching its breath. Voice summaries that actually get context right and on-device assistants that respond faster, not smarter, but smarter in use.

Object detection

Exynos clocks 4661 against Snapdragon’s 4221. This affects the camera more than Samsung will admit on stage. Faster subject lock, less shutter hesitation and better edge detection when you point the phone at a moving object.

On-device image generation

The most eyebrow-raising detail is on-device image generation. A 512×512 image generated in roughly one second, fully offline. Samsung is positioning Galaxy AI as something you can use without sending your data to the cloud.

Snapdragon still leads in image segmentation and super-resolution tasks. Meanwhile, MLPerf is a controlled benchmark. Real-world performance depends on thermals, scheduling, and how One UI actually taps into the NPU.

If these MLPerf Mobile v5.0 results translate even halfway into shipping Galaxy S26 units, Exynos 2600 stops being the compromise option.

The post Exynos 2600 AI results tease smart Galaxy S26 features appeared first on Sammy Fans.

The design details behind the Moto G57 Power's unique aesthetic

In this article, we’ll examine the elements that set the Motorola Moto G57 Power’s aesthetic apart from the generic design of many smartphones, including its vegan leather back cover, striking Pantone colours, and integrated camera bump. We’ll also explore how Motorola’s highly uniform design language contributes to a polished and sturdy feel, while making it difficult to differentiate individual models.

ChatGPT to show ads for free and Go users in the US

In an official blog post, OpenAI announced that it has begun testing ads in ChatGPT for free and Go users in the US. The ads will be shown only to logged-in adult users, while users under the age of 18 will not see them. ChatGPT users with Plus, Pro, Business, Enterprise, and Education subscriptions will not see any ads. OpenAI also confirmed that the ads will not influence the answers in a chat. Free ChatGPT users can also choose to disable ads, but doing so will come with a reduced free message limit. Ads shown in a chat will also be labelled as ‘Sponsored’ and shown separately...

Exynos 2700 may power nearly half of Galaxy S27 units after H2 2026 production ramp

Samsung is aiming to turn its mobile processor business profitable. To this end, Exynos 2700 is seemingly a prime candidate to push the company’s ambitions, with the chip estimated to power nearly half of Galaxy S27 units.

According to Korean media, Samsung could push Exynos 2700 to production in the second half of the year. It will be fabricated using the Samsung Foundry’s second-generation 2nm (SF2P) process technology with GAA.

More importantly, analysts believe that Samsung could power nearly half of the Galaxy S27 units with the Exynos 2700 processor next year. It’s going to be just double of what Samsung has achieved in the S26 series.

It’s said that Exynos 2600 is used in around 25 percent of the Galaxy S26 series units. With Exynos share ramping in the Galaxy S27 series, we may see a wider adoption, with Ultra potentially getting the company’s in-house chip.

This year, Samsung is using 75 percent Snapdragon and 25 percent Exynos in the Galaxy S26 series. The Galaxy S26 Ultra will be shipped with Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy globally, while the other two models will see a chip split.

Exynos 2600 turned out to be a huge leap after the Exynos 2500 failure. Thanks to the second-generation 2nm node, Exynos 2700 will perform even better than the Galaxy S26’s Exynos 2600 application processor.

The US, Canada, and China usually maintain Snapdragon exclusivity. With Exynos share going around 50 percent, it looks like S27 Ultra may be powered by the Exynos 2700 chipset in some parts of the world, such as South Korea.

Nothing is certain as the development of the new chip is in the initial stage. We may see changes and final adoption numbers can only be believed at the verge of 2027.

The post Exynos 2700 may power nearly half of Galaxy S27 units after H2 2026 production ramp appeared first on Sammy Fans.

iQOO Z11 and Z11x spotted online, key specs tipped

After debuting the Z11 Turbo earlier this month in China, iQOO appears to be gearing up to expand the Z11 lineup. The iQOO Z11 and Z11x are likely to launch soon, as both devices have now surfaced online. Tipster Digital Chat Station has revealed on Weibo that two new iQOO Z11 series smartphones have secured network certification in China, suggesting an imminent launch. A phone carrying the model number V2551A is believed to be the iQOO Z11. It is tipped to feature a 9,000mAh battery with 90W fast charging support, a 1.5K-resolution LTPS display, and a mid-range chipset. The...

Oppo K14x goes official with 6,500mAh battery, Dimensity 6300 SoC

Oppo has unveiled a new K-series smartphone in India. The Oppo K14x has gone official with the MediaTek Dimensity 6300 chipset and a 6.75-inch display. It succeeds the K13x from last year, which was also equipped with the Dimensity 6300 SoC. The Oppo K14x sports an LCD display with a 120Hz refresh rate and an HD+ resolution, along with a peak brightness of up to 1,125 nits. Under the hood, it is powered by the Dimensity 6300 SoC, the same chipset used on its predecessor. The chipset is paired with up to 6GB of LPDDR4X RAM and 128GB of UFS 2.2 storage, which can be expanded via a...

Tecno will officially unveil the Camon 50 series and the Pova 8 series at MWC

Today, Tecno has revealed that it will officially unveil both the Camon 50 series and the Pova 8 series during Mobile World Congress (MWC) 2026, which takes place in Barcelona, Spain, from March 2 to March 5. At MWC, Tecno will focus on "pioneering practical AI devices, connected AI ecosystem, and imaginative AI forms and designs", whatever any of that means. The Camon 50 series, Tecno's imaging flagship line, will deliver "a revolutionary snap experience, offering smarter scene recognition, enhanced processing intelligence, and greater creative flexibility", the official press release...

One UI 8.5 charging animation looks a lot better after two major changes

Samsung just delivered One UI 8.5 Beta 4 to Galaxy S25 series, and it carries a subtle refresh for the charging indicator animation. The fresh version has two major changes over its One UI 8.0 iteration, and it looks a lot better now.

With the One UI 7, Samsung introduced a new battery icon, which incorporates a dynamic charging animation. Since deployment, Samsung has been playing with the design and animations of this particular aspect.

Charging animation changes

One UI 8.5 Beta 4 has redesigned the charging animation with two big tweaks. First, the charging animation’s pill has become slightly smaller. Second, the color selection has been revised to match the software aesthetics.

Pill size

The charging animation pill in One UI 8.5 is a little smaller than the One UI 8.0. Samsung has reduced the pill’s width, which actually improves the shape.

The revised size of the indicator matches other components in the One UI 8.5 software. It was a necessary change, which wasn’t widely reported yet improved by developers.

Color

Samsung has once again altered the gradient palette of the animation. In One UI 8.0, it’s Cyan, while One UI 8.5 turns it into something Galaxy users are already familiar.

Remember One UI 7.0’s charging animation, which was attached with a “Charging” label? That variant had the same color deployment as we see in the latest One UI 8.5.

One UI 8.0 vs One UI 8.5 Charging Animation

Image – Galaxy’s charging animation design

One UI 8.5 Beta version has reached a decent level of stability. The fourth Beta dropped yesterday and feels ready for prime time. Well, Samsung isn’t opening public rollout anytime soon as the Galaxy S26 series is yet to arrive.

Samsung is preparing to unveil the Galaxy S26 series on February 25 in San Francisco.

The post One UI 8.5 charging animation looks a lot better after two major changes appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Galaxy S27 Ultra may carry an elite price tag due to Snapdragon

Qualcomm is working on two versions of Snapdragon: a Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 and a Gen 6 Pro. Galaxy S27 Ultra is anticipated to feature the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro, and it could come with a higher price tag.

Chinese leaker DigitalChatStation reports that Qualcomm is using TSMC’s 2nm process for both Snapdragon versions. That said, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro could directly impact the Galaxy S27 Ultra price strategy.

Samsung is already in a tough situation with the Galaxy S26 series pricing. Soaring component costs are already hurting the price strategy. An extended burden from APs end would further pressurize Samsung’s position.

Meanwhile, Samsung can escape the price hike of AP or somehow lower the burden. Qualcomm already confirmed it’s in talks with Samsung Foundry, and the design of its next chipset has been finalized for production.

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Rumor

Source – Digital Chat Station (Weibo)

Qualcomm is said to have handed orders of a portion of Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 for Galaxy chips to Samsung Foundry. The chip is already being produced by TSMC on 3nm, but Samsung would utilize its 2nm process.

Beyond that, Qualcomm might cooperate with Samsung to manufacture Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6’s Pro version using the latter’s Foundry and enhanced 2nm process. The chip could power the Galaxy S27 Ultra rather than “for Galaxy” version.

TSMC is known to have increased prices for its chip fabrication facilities. Samsung Foundry may play a crucial role in safeguarding the next-gen Galaxy flagships from going expensive.

The post Galaxy S27 Ultra may carry an elite price tag due to Snapdragon appeared first on Sammy Fans.

One UI 8.5 Group Sharing has link invites, family album and more

Samsung pushed a new update to the Group Sharing app following the rollout of the latest One UI 8.5 Beta update. The latest version introduces three major changes that actually impact how you utilize this Galaxy application.

One UI 8.5 makes sharing with family and close circles faster, cleaner, and far less annoying than before. Here is what is new, and why it fits neatly into the broader Samsung Account and SmartThings experience.

Added invite function via link

Until now, adding someone to a Group Sharing setup felt a bit too manual. You needed the right account, the right device, and a bit of patience.

One UI 8.5 fixes that with link-based invites. You can now generate an invite link and share it like any normal URL.

Add a family share album

Samsung is also expanding Group Sharing into photos, and this one feels overdue. One UI 8.5 adds proper family shared albums that sync across members.

These albums live inside Samsung Gallery and tie directly to your Samsung Account. Photos added by one person show up for everyone in the group.

Child account support

The third piece of the update focuses on child account integration. Samsung is tightening how child Samsung Accounts work inside Group Sharing.

Samsung Group Sharing update

Source – Android-X (Samsung Members Korea)

That said, One UI 8.5 is not just a flashy redesign. It is a quality-of-life release. For Galaxy users who actually share devices, homes, and memories, that makes all the difference.

You may like:

The post One UI 8.5 Group Sharing has link invites, family album and more appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Fourth One UI 8.5 beta is now out with a bunch of fixes

Samsung has just released the fourth beta build of the upcoming One UI 8.5. This version of the company's Android skin will make its debut with the Galaxy S26 series, which is most likely getting unveiled on February 25. The fourth beta was rumored to land in mid-January, but if that was ever the plan, then it was obviously delayed for a few weeks. Still, it's out now for the Galaxy S25, S25+, and S25 Ultra in Samsung's home country of Korea. One UI 8.5 Beta 4 The update is 1.5GB in size and the new firmware version ends in ZZAL. It fixes an issue where a call would switch to...

One UI 8.5 Beta 4 staples a faster, more fluid One UI Home

On February 9, Samsung started rolling out the One UI 8.5 Beta 4, and it staples a faster, more fluid One UI Home. The latest release replaces the existing version that was deployed with the third Beta update’s rollout.

As spotted by TarunVats, Galaxy S25 users have received a new One UI Home with the One UI 8.5 Beta 4. No manual intervention is required as the software update itself carries a fresh new version of the system launcher.

Samsung’s Beta 4 changelog highlighted bug fixes and performance improvements. Beyond that, the release added a new Direct Voicemail feature. This addition is paired with Galaxy AI for added convenience on your Galaxy.

Digging for core changes reveals a new One UI Home version. It is installed along with the main software update on the Galaxy S25 series. Like the previous build, it improves the animation fluidity and responsiveness.

One UI Home is a foundation app that backs the entire home screen functionality. App icons, widgets, and folders, along with gestures and animations, rely on this core One UI utility to run on Galaxy mobile devices.

The app occasionally receives updates through Galaxy Store. Since the Beta Program is running, Samsung is tagging a new build along with the OS itself. It’s all about refining the user experience and offering more fluid behaviour.

If you are enrolled in the Beta Program, check for the latest updates and install Beta 4. If you aren’t participating in the Beta trial, you don’t need to wait much as the Stable update’s rollout is slated to initiate by March this year.

One UI 8.5 Beta 4 Home Launcher

The post One UI 8.5 Beta 4 staples a faster, more fluid One UI Home appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Galaxy Z Flip 7 capturing every Olympic medal moment

Samsung’s Galaxy Z Flip 7 Olympic Edition is being used by winners to capture every medal moment. The company has expanded the Victory Selfie program, allowing the winners to lock in that precious moment.

At the center of this experience is the Galaxy Z Flip 7 Olympic Edition. It is compact, easy to handle with gloves or cold hands, and familiar to athletes who already use similar devices in daily life.

For Milano Cortina, Samsung is expanding the Victory Selfie program beyond its original scope. What began as a feature for individual and pair events is now opening up to every Olympic competition, including full team events.

That shift changes the visual language of the podium. No longer just a single champion framing their own triumph, but entire teams leaning in, laughing, shouting, holding medals up together. Podium optics, rethought.

These Victory Selfies will not stay confined to social feeds or post-event highlight reels. They will appear in real time on stadium screens and through live broadcasts.

Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 7 Olympic Victory Selfie

Source – Samsung

Fans inside the venue and viewers at home will see celebrations unfold as they happen, from the athletes’ own perspective. It is immediate, imperfect, and far more human than a traditional podium shot.

For Samsung fans, this is familiar territory. The company has spent years weaving Galaxy devices into global cultural moments, especially through its Olympic partnerships. The Victory Selfie is now part of that legacy.

The post Galaxy Z Flip 7 capturing every Olympic medal moment appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Rugged HMD Terra M is now available in Europe

HMD semi-announced the Terra M rugged phone back in November, and now the company is sharing more details about it, as it's becoming available in select European markets. HMD says this is "more than a device", it's in fact "a fully managed communications ecosystem designed for operational excellence from day one". It's designed "purposefully for professional workers who rely on durable, reliable, secure connectivity on the job — from hospitals and construction sites to airports, security teams and first responders", according to the official press release. It's IP68, IP69K, and...

Nothing teases Phone (4a) series, hints at the colorways

The Nothing Phone (4a) and (4a) Pro are rumored to be launching globally in early March, and today Nothing has pretty much confirmed that they're coming soon, by starting the teaser campaign for the duo. As you can see in the tweet below, not much has been revealed - aside from, possibly, the devices' colorways. The dots are black, white, pink, yellow, and blue. So don't be surprised if either or both of the upcoming smartphones get released in those hues. Soon. pic.twitter.com/fpbw7ySU9N— Nothing (@nothing) February 9, 2026 Nothing has already confirmed that at least one of them...

Galaxy S26 Ultra Buyer Guide: Who should buy and who should skip

Samsung will unveil the Galaxy S26 Ultra with full enthusiasm at the Unpacked event, then comes the million-dollar question: do you buy it now, or skip?

The Galaxy S26 Ultra is not a bad phone. It is refined, comfortable, and very Samsung, but it is also the most dangerous kind of flagship, one that looks like progress while quietly stalling where it matters most.

If you care about mobile photography, stop here.

Samsung reused the same fundamental camera philosophy yet again. Tuning may be better, software will do heavy lifting, but the hardware itself feels recycled, especially when you zoom out and look at where the industry is going.

Apple is preparing a physical variable aperture on the iPhone 18 Pro Max. Samsung knows this too, that’s why, leaks around the Galaxy S27 Ultra are already pointing to variable aperture paired with a new ISOCELL HP6 sensor.

Now, let’s flip the script

If cameras are not your obsession, the Galaxy S26 Ultra is genuinely appealing. Flex Magic Pixel is one of those features only Samsung would ship. A privacy-focused display mode that limits side viewing angles is genuinely clever.

Samsung has made some major changes to the design of this upcoming flagship. The back panel now boasts a prominent dual-layer camera bump, corners are now more rounded than before, and thickness has been reduced.

Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra

Image credit – Ice Universe

Under the hood, it has Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, the world’s fastest mobile chip. Galaxy AI has been improved to become Agentic AI. One UI 8.5 brings multiple benefits and convenience over previous iterations of the software.

Galaxy S26 Ultra – Who should buy, who should skip

If you are using a Galaxy S21 Ultra, S22 Ultra, or anything older, the S26 Ultra is a solid upgrade. If you are on a Galaxy S23 Ultra, S24 Ultra, or the latest Galaxy S25 Ultra, this is a hard skip.

If you care deeply about photography or videography, absolutely skip it. The S27 Ultra is shaping up to be the real upgrade, the one that finally moves Samsung’s camera story forward again.

The post Galaxy S26 Ultra Buyer Guide: Who should buy and who should skip appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus will align with S26 Ultra

We’ve uncovered some details of the standard Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus, which suggest that these two flagships will align well with the Galaxy S26 Ultra, literally. Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus will align with S26 Ultra.

The Galaxy S25 Ultra transitioned from a pointy to curved corners, leaving the marquee Galaxy Note design behind. With this change, the difference between the S25 Ultra and the S24 Ultra becomes prominent. On the other hand, the S25 Ultra now aligns with the S25/Plus. This might be Samsung’s plan, but still incomplete.

Therefore, the Galaxy S26 Ultra is curving the frame further. At first glance, the S26 Ultra appears to be taking a more modern design approach. This is true, and the device is looking good, but my exploration of the frame could help us to understand the upcoming strategy.

Renders coming from famous tipster Evleaks have provided a look at the Galaxy S26/S26 Plus. The phone features a flat screen, slim frame, and a new camera island on the back.

What’s the difference?

The new standard and the Plus will bring a slightly reduced corner radius than the S25/S25 Plus. To show the difference, I’ve done a side-by-side comparison of the new and old devices and made some horizontal and vertical guidelines to measure the corner radius.

Check the meeting point of these lines and measure the distance from the bezel and frames.

Galaxxy S26 and S25

The meeting point on the S26 ends inside the frame, while it goes to the very end of the frame on the predecessor. An overlap version between the Galaxy S26, S25, S24, and S23 will also draw a concise conclusion.

Galaxy S26, S25, S24 and S23

I thought that this could be a standalone change, but when I compared the S26 with the S26 Ultra render, the picture became even clearer.

Galaxy S26 Ultra, S26/Plus, and S25

The Galaxy S26 Ultra now has the same roundness as the S26, and the difference here is only the bezel size and frame, which is thinner in the Ultra. Besides, the corner curve for all three models is likely to be the same in the S26 series.

I get the bigger picture here: by forming identical corners, these phones will stop looking different. So the only difference will be the device sizes. The camera design and the design are also the same. The only difference maker was the shape of the top device, which may go away with the next lineup, aligning the symmetry of the Galaxy S26, S26 Plus, and the S26 Ultra.

The post Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus will align with S26 Ultra appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Infinix Note 60 Pro will borrow a feature from the Nothing Phone (3)

Infinix is unveiling the Note 60 series soon, and a week ago the RAM and storage amounts were revealed for the Note 60, Note 60 Pro, and Note 60 Ultra. Now, a pre-order link shared by Infinix's Instagram account for Nigeria outs some more details about the Note 60 Pro. The phone is confirmed to be powered by the Snapdragon 7s Gen 4 SoC, as previously revealed by its FCC certification. One of the Note 60 Pro's unique selling points will undoubtedly be its dot matrix display that's part of the big camera island. This reminds us of the Nothing Phone (3), and it looks like Infinix really...

Oppo Find N6 launch date tipped, said to feature industry’s shallowest display crease

Oppo recently confirmed that it plans to launch its next foldable after the Chinese New Year. Now, a tipster has revealed the foldable’s launch timeline for China and select markets. Meanwhile, Oppo has also officially confirmed the ‘Find N6’ moniker. Based on Oppo’s earlier comments, we figured the Find N6 would debut in late February or early March. However, a tipster now claims that Oppo will unveil its next foldable on March 17, with the launch set to take place in China as well as select markets, including South Asia and the EU. Oppo Find N5 However, the tipster adds that the...

Galaxy S26 camera upgrades lean heavily on virtual tricks

Samsung is getting ready to launch the Galaxy S26 series, probably on 25 February 2026. This series includes three models – Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26 Plus, and Galaxy S26 Ultra. The company has already started teasing its Galaxy Unpacked event, and people are curious about the cameras. But from what we know so far, the Galaxy S26 cameras may not be as exciting as some fans hope.

Reports suggest that Samsung will mostly rely on software tricks to improve photos. The Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus are expected to keep the same 50MP main camera used in previous models. This is the same sensor as before and is already considered a bit outdated.

Aside from this, the Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra is rumored to keep the same 200MP main camera as before, but it could get an improved telephoto lens. Most of its camera hardware will be similar to the Galaxy S25 Ultra, though minor changes in the camera aperture might help capture more natural-looking photos.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Dux Ducis Case

Source – DUXDUCIS

Some people might say that AI and software can make up for similar hardware, and that’s partly true. Samsung can improve photos using AI features, pixel binning, and other smart tricks. It will reportedly add new camera features to enhance photography. But software can only do so much. If the sensor isn’t advanced enough to capture detail, no AI can magically create it.

It seems like the Samsung Galaxy S26 series is leaning heavily on software and AI to improve photos, rather than making big camera hardware upgrades. Fans hoping for a major camera leap may be disappointed, but the new software tools could still improve photography.

Samsung is reportedly redesigning the camera module of the Galaxy S26 series, adopting the design of its latest foldable phones. At first, the company wanted to improve the camera, battery, and design on all S26 models, but some plans were reportedly scaled back to keep prices in check.

Official details are not out yet, so we’ll have to wait for Samsung’s announcements to see what the Galaxy S26 cameras can really do. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Galaxy S26 camera upgrades lean heavily on virtual tricks appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Here’s when you can’t use One UI 8.5’s direct voicemail

Samsung’s One UI 8.5 Beta brings a new feature, Direct Voicemail, to make managing missed calls easier. Instead of just leaving a call unanswered, callers can record a voice message that appears directly on your phone. However, in some conditions, the direct voicemail does not work on your Galaxy phones.

Direct Voicemail

Direct Voicemail lets you decide how long your phone rings before sending a call to voicemail. You can set it anywhere from 1 to 20 seconds or trigger voicemail manually during a call.

Once the voicemail is recorded, it is saved in the contact’s history, which makes it easy to review along with your incoming, outgoing, and missed calls. You can see these voice messages in the Phone app, read a short transcription, and even improve the audio using Samsung’s Audio Eraser.

When You Can’t Use It:

While Direct Voicemail is convenient, there are some situations when it does not work. These are:

  • Your phone is switched off or has no network. In this case, Direct Voicemail won’t work.
  • You are already on another call. The feature cannot record another voicemail at the same time.
  • You are roaming internationally. Direct Voicemail does not work outside your home country.
  • Your phone storage is almost full. Messages may fail to record or save properly.
  • The call is a video call. Direct Voicemail only works for voice calls.

In these situations, One UI 8.5 Direct Voicemail does not work on your Samsung Galaxy smartphones.

Samsung One UI 8.5 Direct Voicemail Audio Eraser

One UI 8.5 brings advanced Direct Voicemail to Galaxy S25

Samsung’s version is smarter than Apple’s Live Voicemail. It uses Galaxy AI to reduce background noise and make messages clearer. You also get control over when the voicemail is sent, unlike Apple, which decides automatically.

Direct Voicemail is useful and convenient, but it only works under the right conditions. Knowing when it won’t work helps you avoid missing important messages and makes the most of Samsung’s smart voicemail system. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Here’s when you can’t use One UI 8.5’s direct voicemail appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung almost confirms when it's unveiling the Galaxy S26 family

Samsung has long been rumored to be unveiling the Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26+, and Galaxy S26 Ultra on February 25. Now, the company itself has almost confirmed the date. The official X account for Samsung's Gulf arm posted a contest recently, and if you take a look inside the linked Terms and Conditions, you'll find the text in the screenshot below. So, part one of the contest, which is supposed to run "before Galaxy Unpacked", takes place until February 24. Part two, which is supposed to run "during and after Galaxy Unpacked", starts on February 25. While this isn't a 100% official...

Samsung expands Art Store with Ruth Asawa’s renowned collection

Samsung has added a new art collection, MoMA: Ruth Asawa Collection, to the Samsung Art Store. It includes 25 artworks by Ruth Asawa (1926–2013), a famous American artist. People can now see these artworks on The Frame and some Samsung QLED TVs in clear 4K.

Ruth Asawa was inspired by nature and the world around her. She worked with simple materials like wire, paper, ink, clay, and metal. She made many kinds of art, including sculptures, drawings, prints, and even public art for communities. Her wire sculptures are especially well-known. They look light and floating, but are made very carefully.

Her art often plays with opposites. She mixed abstract and real shapes, inside and outside, or solid and empty spaces. Even though her work can look simple, it is very detailed and shows a lot of thought. People enjoy looking at it closely to see all the details and patterns.

Samsung Art Store Ruth Asawa

Image via Samsung

Daria Greene, Global Curator at Samsung Art Store, said that Asawa’s art has a quiet beauty that feels powerful. Samsung is proud to bring her work into people’s homes so more people can enjoy it.

This collaboration with The Museum of Modern Art makes it easy for anyone to experience Ruth Asawa’s amazing art. Now, people everywhere can see and enjoy her work, learn from it, and feel inspired by her creativity, all from the comfort of their own homes on Samsung TVs.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung expands Art Store with Ruth Asawa’s renowned collection appeared first on Sammy Fans.

The EU may force Meta to re-enable third-party AI chatbots on WhatsApp

Last year, Meta changed the WhatsApp Business Solution Terms in a way that severely limited what third-party AI chatbots are allowed to do (essentially, they were relegated to customer support). The European Commission decided to take a closer look as it sensed potential issues. The investigation is still ongoing, but the Commission feels that it can’t wait for the full investigation to conclude because the delay can cause irreparable harm to competition in the market. “AI markets are developing at rapid pace, so we also need to be swift in our action,” said Teresa Ribera, Executive...

Something Smarter is Coming: Samsung hints at Galaxy S26 Unpacked 2026

Samsung is reportedly planning to launch its next Galaxy S26 series in late February 2026. Ahead of that, Samsung has started dropping hints about the upcoming Galaxy Unpacked Event 2026 and its products. Now, Samsung has given another hint about the arrival of something big in the future – the Galaxy S26 series.

Now, Samsung US shared a post on X that caught a lot of attention. The post said: “That feeling when you can see into the future. What do you see in our future?” This message strongly suggests that Samsung is talking about future event and upcoming devices.

Along with the post, Samsung also shared a short video. In the video, a person looks excited and confident about the future. The text shown in the video says:

“The guy that’s going to be okay because he knows something smarter is coming.”

This hints that Samsung is preparing to introduce smarter and more powerful devices. Although Samsung hasn’t mentioned any product names, the timing and wording clearly point toward the Galaxy Unpacked event and Galaxy S26 series.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Unpacked event

All these small hints point towards the Galaxy Unpacked 2026 event, which is expected to take place around February 25, 2026. Galaxy Unpacked is Samsung’s special launch event where it introduces its new flagships along with other products. The Galaxy S26 series is expected to be the main highlight of this event.

So far, Samsung has not officially confirmed any details about the Galaxy S26 series or the event date. However, the hints shared by Samsung strongly suggest that something big is coming soon.

As always, fans and tech enthusiasts will have to wait for an official announcement from Samsung. Until then, stay tuned for more updates and information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Something Smarter is Coming: Samsung hints at Galaxy S26 Unpacked 2026 appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Here are two advantages that Samsung’s Direct Voicemail has over Apple’

Samsung’s Direct Voicemail feature arrived in One UI 8.5 Beta 4, and it’s better than Apple’s approach in at least two ways.

Galaxy S25 users finally received the much-anticipated fourth Beta update today. Starting in South Korea, it was quickly expanded to the United States, with users in India, Germany, Poland, and the UK also grabbing the OTA.

When it comes to Direct Voicemail, Samsung and Apple are circling the same idea. It’s about letting the phone handle missed calls more gracefully, without forcing users to pick up or dig through clutter later.

Though Samsung comes late to the Direct Voicemail offer, its version is smarter than Apple’s. It’s because of two advantages, including a voice enhancer powered by Galaxy AI and an auto send trigger for convenience.

Voicemail with Audio Eraser

Apple’s Live Voicemail records faithfully, but that is also the limitation. What you hear later is exactly what the microphone captured, noise and all.

Samsung’s Direct Voicemail takes a different approach, with the feature plugging straight into Galaxy AI’s Audio Eraser. The same system already used for cleaning up Gallery videos now applies to voice messages.

Samsung One UI 8.5 Direct Voicemail Audio Eraser

One UI 8.5 brings advanced Direct Voicemail to Galaxy S25

Automation for convenience

Apple decides when a Live Voicemail gets sent. The system handles the timing, and iPhone users live with that decision. However, Samsung hands that choice back to the user, making it a practically useful feature.

In One UI 8.5, Direct Voicemail includes a customizable auto-send timer. You can set it anywhere from 1 to 20 seconds. Beyond the basics, this is what thoughtful engineering looks like.

Samsung is not reinventing voicemail. It is refining the edges that people actually notice.

One UI 8.5 direct voicemail

The post Here are two advantages that Samsung’s Direct Voicemail has over Apple’ appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Tough itel City 200 unveiled with 50MP camera and Unisoc T7250 chipset

itel quietly unveiled three new models – they have 120Hz 720p+ displays, are rated IP65 and are powered by the 4G-only Unisoc T7250 chipset. The itel City 200 is the most capable model of the trio. As it has 4/6GB of RAM and 128/256GB storage, it runs full Android 15. The other two have 3/4GB of RAM and 64/128GB storage, so they are relegated to Android 15 Go Edition software. itel City 200 in Vibe Purple, Bass Black, Echo Silver and Melody Pink The City 200 has a 6.78” display (again, 720p+ resolution only) with 700 nits peak brightness. And its 8MP selfie camera is inside...

iPhone 18 Pro forcing Samsung bring variable aperture camera to Galaxy S27 Ultra next year?

Samsung is reportedly planning to bring back variable aperture cameras in its smartphones. This comes after Apple announced that the iPhone 18 Pro will feature the technology. A variable aperture can change the size of the camera lens opening to allow users to control how blurry or sharp the background looks in photos.

According to a report by ETNews, Samsung has asked several camera module partners to develop and test variable aperture parts. Companies like Samsung Electro-Mechanics and MCNEX are working on producing and checking the important components.

The report says the feature is still in early development, and Samsung has not decided yet which phone it will appear in. However, there is a strong interest in bringing it back.

Samsung Galaxy S25 iPhone 16

Samsung Galaxy and Apple iPhone – Hands on

Samsung has tried variable aperture cameras before. The Galaxy S9 and S10, released in 2018 and 2019, had this feature. But it was removed in 2020 because it made phones thicker and more expensive.

Now, after Apple announced plans for the iPhone 18 Pro, Samsung is looking at the technology again. By using a variable aperture, Samsung hopes to improve photo quality using real hardware rather than just software fixes.

If the plan goes ahead, the feature could appear in future Galaxy models, possibly the Galaxy S27. Users would then get better photos in low light and more control over background blur, which makes Samsung cameras more competitive with Apple.

Aside from this, Samsung is currently preparing to launch its Galaxy S26 series later this month. The Ultra model of this smartphone will reportedly bring new camera features to provide a better experience. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post iPhone 18 Pro forcing Samsung bring variable aperture camera to Galaxy S27 Ultra next year? appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Dreame previews trio of smartphones

Last week, Dreame held a launch event in Poland, where, alongside several home appliances, the brand showcased three smartphones. These devices are expected to receive a wider rollout across Europe and possibly other regions, though the brand has not yet confirmed any launch details or pricing. The most interesting phone of the bunch is the Dreame RS1. It’s the flagship offering and features an eerily similar spec sheet to the Nubia Z80 Ultra. Dreame RS1 (image: spidersweb.pl) In fact, Dreame’s device is said to feature the exact same key specs but with more flamboyant designs,...

Sony WF-1000XM6 specs leak, here's what's improved compared to the previous generation

Sony is finally unveiling the WF-1000XM6 earbuds on February 12, and ahead of that, a leak purports to bring us their most important specs. The buds will allegedly use a new QN3e processor which is billed to be three times faster than the one in the WF-1000XM5. There will also be eight adaptive mics (four per earbud), up from six (three per earbud) in the previous generation. There are even new drivers, as well as support for LDAC, DSEE Extreme, a 10-band EQ, Auracast, Multipoint, Fast Pair, and Swift Pair. The buds will get eight-hour battery life, and the case holds two additional...

I tried One UI 8.5’s direct voicemail and it works great

One UI 8.5’s direct voicemail is officially released, and we’ve tried it out firsthand to give you a review of its newest capabilities. Apple has voicemail for quite some time now, and it’s quite a useful feature. Last year, Samsung also spotted testing this capability, and now, it’s finally launched for flagship phones.

The direct voicemail feature allows the caller to leave a voicemail message when they miss a call. Prior to leaving the message, the caller will hear a voicemail greeting, like “Please leave the message at the tone”.

During the recording, the receiver will have the option to answer or end the recording. Once recorded, the voicemail will be saved in the phone associated with a contact.

How to enable

For starters, the feature will show up as a notification on the dialer app. It is now a part of the Call settings, under “Direct voicemail”.

One UI 8.5 direct voicemail

Besides the full ring, you can manually trigger the voicemail anytime from more options on the calling screen.

You can also decide when to send the incoming calls to voicemail after ringing. You can set 5, 10, or seconds or set a custom mark from 1 to 20 seconds.

One UI 8.5 direct voicemail

Review Voicemail

One UI 8.5 brings a new blue voicemail icon in front of the contact name. Expanding the contact detail will reveal the voicemail duration and one line of transcribed summary. From here, you navigate to the voicemail screen, and it’s pretty much like the voice transcription.

One UI 8.5 direct voicemail

You can check the transcription, summarize the call, check the playback, and remove background audio to improve the message’s clarity. You can delete voicemails from the settings. To be mentioned, the feature requires the mobile to be connected to a network.

Pros

  • The feature works pretty accurately, without delays or faults.
  • Voicemail quality is great
  • The interface is nice and clean
  • Voicemails’ history is part of the contact’s history page, similar to incoming, outgoing, and missed calls.
  • Audio eraser integration saves the day

Cons

  • Live transcription is not accurate
  • Summarization isn’t accurate sometimes
  • Transcription is not compatible for non-English speakers

You should know that the direct voicemail feature is part of the latest One UI 8.5’s fourth beta. It will be available for users with a stable release.

The post I tried One UI 8.5’s direct voicemail and it works great appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Display to boost production for Apple’s foldable iPhone

Samsung Display is planning to make more OLED screens for Apple’s new foldable iPhones. This shows that Apple expects strong sales for its first foldable phone.

According to information via ETNews, Samsung Display is considering investing in its A4 factory in Asan, South Chungcheong Province. The company wants to improve its equipment for making screens, which includes thin-film transistors (TFT). The final investment plan will be decided soon, and work could start in the second quarter of this year.

Samsung Display already has a special line for Apple’s foldable iPhones at its A3 factory. This line has been upgraded to make the “iPhone Fold” and can produce 15 million 7-inch foldable screens every year. Mass production of these screens is expected to begin in June. The iPhone Fold will be Apple’s first foldable phone.

Apple iPhone 16 Pro

Earlier reports reveal that this phone will reportedly have a 7.58-inch screen inside with a 4:3 shape and a 5.35-inch screen outside. Around 10 million units are expected to be made this year. Apple plans to release a new foldable iPhone next year, which means Samsung Display will need to make even more screens to meet demand.

Samsung Display is the only company that makes foldable OLED screens for Apple. With eight years of experience, it has the technology to produce foldable panels in large numbers, and it is expected to remain Apple’s exclusive supplier for years.

This expansion shows that foldable phones are becoming more popular. Samsung Display is playing an important part in helping Apple launch this new technology and meet growing customer demand. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung Display to boost production for Apple’s foldable iPhone appeared first on Sammy Fans.

YouTube Music now limits how many song lyrics you can see on a non-Premium account

Google continues to lock down YouTube features as it moves them behind the Premium subscription. First, it disabled background playback loopholes. Now it wants to charge you for song lyrics on YouTube Music. Several posts on the r/YoutubeMusic subreddit show the YouTube Music UI with a warning – “You have X views remaining, unlock lyrics with Premium”, where X starts at 5 and counts down to zero each time you hit the Lyrics tab. YouTube Music now requires a Premium subscription if you want to look at (more than a few) song lyrics This has been in the works for a while now – it...

Samsung polishes NotiStar with better notification management

Samsung has pushed a new update for the NotiStar Good Lock app. NotiStar helps users see old notifications that were missed or cleared by mistake. The new update comes with version 8.0.88.0 and fixes problems, which makes the app work better and smoother.

The latest change in this update is a fix for app-freezing issues. Earlier, some users noticed that NotiStar would stop working or become slow. With this update, the app should now open faster and run without freezing.

Moreover, the update also removes the duplicate notifications. In some cases, the same notification appeared more than once. This update helps prevent that issue, so users can see a clear and correct list of notifications.

Samsung NotiStar New Update

Image via @KAILASH61229293 (X)

Samsung has also added notification saving for Work Profile, Dual Messenger, and Secure Folder. This means NotiStar can now store notifications from these special app spaces. This feature may not work on all phones, as it depends on the One UI version installed on the device.

Aside from this, Samsung has also been working to improve app performance. The app now runs smoother, uses less phone power, and feels faster overall. These changes make NotiStar more reliable for daily use.

Good Lock’s NotiStar 8.0.88.0 update is available through the Galaxy Store. To download it, open the Galaxy Store, search for Good Lock, then open NotiStar and tap the Update button if it appears. Updating the app helps ensure better performance and fewer issues.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung polishes NotiStar with better notification management appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Sony: "no change in status" for Xperia phones, Xperia 1 VIII and 10 VIII found in IMEI database

Xperia fans may have been biting their nails after Sony put its prestigious Bravia TV brand under TCL control, but during the recent earnings call Sony Corporate Executive Officer and CFO Lin Tao said that there will be “no change in status” for the Xperia phones. Further, Japanese site S-Max did some digging and discovered the model names for the Sony Xperia 1 VIII and Xperia 10 VIII in the GSMA IMEI database. These models go in sequence, e.g. the Xperia 1 VII and 10 VII were the PM-150X-BV and PM-151X-BV, respectively (X is a digit denoting regional variants). Sony Xperia 1 VIII...

Samsung might launch 5200mAh silicon carbon battery phones in 2027

Wild rumors circulating online indicate that Samsung SDI is testing a dual-cell silicon carbon battery for the Galaxy S27 series and select Galaxy A phones, which has reportedly outclassed the 5200mAh threshold.

5000mAh, that number has haunted Galaxy phones for years. Every launch, every keynote, same ceiling, same polite promises about efficiency doing the heavy lifting. We’ve been too patient, but this alleged prototype says something very different.

According to the rumor (via phonefuturist), the Galaxy S27 generation is being lined up for a serious battery shake-up. We are talking about a dual-cell 5200mAh silicon carbon battery, not a marketing tweak, not a rounding error, but a real jump in energy density.

The prototype reportedly pushes past 450 Wh per kilogram in energy density. That is a massive leap over today’s lithium-ion packs. The result is a battery that is bigger in capacity, faster to charge, and still slim enough to fit.

This is built on a dual-cell silicon-carbon architecture. Simply put, the Korean tech giant is splitting the battery into two smaller cells and packing them with a new silicon-carbon material instead of the old graphite mix.

Silicon can store way more energy than graphite, but it is tricky and swells if you are careless. Samsung SDI has been grinding on this problem for years, and now it looks ready, with rumors even hinting at a 20000mAh prototype in the works.

Honor and Xiaomi have been flexing higher capacities and silicon-based cells while Samsung played it safe. That era looks done if these alleged Samsung SDI battery prototypes make it into the Galaxy S27 next year.

The post Samsung might launch 5200mAh silicon carbon battery phones in 2027 appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Lenovo teases its upcoming Y700 gaming tablet, some leaks also emerge

Lenovo is expected to announce the 5th-generation Lenovo Y700 gaming tablet next month and the company started teasing the device on Weibo. The teaser was quickly followed by a tip from Digital Chat Station, revealing more details. Lenovo Y700 (Gen 5) The official posters on Weibo confirm an 8.8-inch display with a 3040 x 1904px resolution, 165Hz refresh rate, 2640Hz touch sampling rate for faster response during gaming, 800 nits maximum brightness, and 12-bit color depth. This will likely be the same display as last year's model. And even though the poster doesn't say...

One UI 8.5 Beta 4 goes live in the US, Asia and Europe, adding February 2026 patch, Direct Voicemail

Moments after the initial drop in Korea, Samsung has now expanded the One UI 8.5 Beta 4 to the Galaxy S25 series in the US, Germany, UK, and India. The latest firmware update adds February 2026 security patch and Direct Voicemail feature.

For Galaxy S25 users, One UI 8.5 Beta 4 feels like a turning point. The software is settling down, the security patch is current, and Direct Voicemail (via TarunVats) finally brings Samsung’s calling experience up to par with its biggest rivals.

February 2026 security patch

Build ZZAL brings the February 2026 security patch to the Galaxy S25, S25+, and S25 Ultra. That’s the February 5, 2026, security level, for those tracking patch currency. The download weighs in at approximately 1.5 gigabytes, via AndroidFlatform.

Direct Voicemail

Direct Voicemail is the headline feature, offering real-time transcription of incoming voicemails with the ability to jump into the call mid-message. Think of it as Samsung’s version of Pixel’s call screening, except it happens after you’ve already declined the call.

The caller leaves their message. You read it as text, live, on your screen. If it’s important enough, you pick up and interrupt them. If it’s another spam call, let it finish and delete it. The implementation feels polished from early reports.

One UI 8.5 Beta 4 Direct Voicemail

Image translated from Korean to English using Google Translate

What’s encouraging is the execution speed. One UI 8.5 development has moved faster than previous point releases, and the beta quality has been surprisingly stable. That suggests Samsung’s internal development processes are maturing.

If you’re on the beta, update now. If you’re waiting for stable, you won’t be waiting much longer.

Related article:

BREAKING: Galaxy S25 users get One UI 8.5 Beta 4 with major fixes

The post One UI 8.5 Beta 4 goes live in the US, Asia and Europe, adding February 2026 patch, Direct Voicemail appeared first on Sammy Fans.

BREAKING: Galaxy S25 users get One UI 8.5 Beta 4 with major fixes

Samsung has just rolled out One UI 8.5 Beta 4 for the Galaxy S25 series, and this one feels different. Firmware build ZZAL is clearly aimed at tightening screws rather than testing new stuff driven from the Galaxy S26 series.

Users of the Galaxy S25, S25+, and S25 Ultra who have been testing every iteration since the early One UI days will notice the shift immediately. The focus here is stability, call reliability, and polishing the user experience, via ya_sking12767.

This fourth beta lands at a moment when the software is expected to feel close to done.

What’s new in One UI 8.5 Beta 4?

Samsung says the latest Beta update addresses a major lock screen problem. Users reported that the clock would scroll oddly, which was ruining the experience. The Phone app’s search history issue has also been resolved.

Calls randomly switching from a connected headset to the phone itself has been one of those bugs that make a premium device feel unfinished. With Beta 4, Samsung has finally addressed this behavior, making it far more reliable.

Search history glitches that could cause crashes are now fixed, along with issues where pasting numbers from call links into the keypad simply did not work as intended.

AI Select, one of Samsung’s smarter features, now behaves more naturally. After copying content, it no longer stays awkwardly on screen, improving the fluidity of the overall user experience.

Samsung has also rolled out a Bixby update with this build. The Perplexity-backed assistant seems to have received backend tuning rather than surface-level changes, likely improving responsiveness and command handling.

One UI 8.5 Beta 4 feels like a stability milestone for the Galaxy S25 series. The phone feels calmer, more predictable, and closer to what a final release should be.

It remains to be seen whether Samsung keeps running the Beta Program or heads toward the Stable release. A previous statement suggests that the official release will happen in March, and updates should arrive thereafter

The post BREAKING: Galaxy S25 users get One UI 8.5 Beta 4 with major fixes appeared first on Sammy Fans.

iOS 26.4 beta to arrive in two weeks with AI-enhanced Siri

Apple is reportedly set to roll out the first iOS 26.4 beta within the next two weeks. According to Bloomberg’s Mark Gurman, the update will introduce select components of the revamped, Gemini-powered Siri. Gurman says the first iOS 26.4 beta is expected to be released to developers during the week of February 23, provided there are no further delays. While the update won’t deliver the complete Siri overhaul, it will allow users to try out select new features. The fully revamped, chatbot-style Siri is said to be unveiled alongside iOS 27 at Apple’s Worldwide Developers Conference in...

New details about the Huawei Pura X2 surface online

The Huawei Pura X2 is expected to launch in China around March. Previous rumors have suggested that the foldable will feature larger inner and cover displays, along with a new Kirin 9030 chipset. A fresh leak has now revealed more details about the upcoming device. According to a tipster, the Pura X2 will sport a 7.69-inch inner display with a WQHD+ resolution, while the outer screen is said to measure 5.5 inches. For context, the original Huawei Pura X featured a 6.3-inch inner display and a 3.5-inch cover screen. Apart from the larger screens, the Pura X2 is rumored to be...

Samsung Galaxy F70e launches with great camera, big battery, One UI 8, and 6-year OS updates

After revealing the Galaxy F70e on February 2nd and unveiling it on February 9, Samsung finally announced the smartphone today in India. The sale is set to start on February 17, but everything about the device is now officially clear.

Samsung Galaxy F70e launched with a great camera, big battery, decent chipset, smooth screen, and long software promise. It’s available in two storage configurations, two colors, Blue and Green, with the back panel features leather finish.

Galaxy F70e – Design, Specifications and Features

Starting with the appearance, the smartphone is designed with a premium leather pattern finish at the back. It incorporates modern aesthetics with everyday practicality, and Samsung made it sleek at 8.2mm, featuring an IP54 rating.

  • Colors include Limelight Green and Spotlight Blue.

Samsung’s Galaxy F70e smartphone comes with a 6.7-inch HD+ display with a 120Hz refresh rate. It has a High Brightness Mode (HBM) feature that delivers clear and vibrant visuals even in bright outdoor conditions.

Galaxy F70e boasts a dual rear camera setup, consisting of a 50MP main camera with f/1.5 aperture and a 2-megapixel depth sensor. For selfies, Samsung installed a front camera that features 8-megapixel resolution.

Samsung Galaxy F70e India

Source – Samsung Newsroom

Under the hood, the F70e is equipped with the MediaTek Dimensity 6300. Samsung revealed the device hits impressive 623,000+ AnTuTu score. The chip’s CPU peaks at 2.4 GHz, offering 10 percent gaming performance gains.

It’s packed with a massive 6000mAh battery and supports 25W fast-charging. As compared to its predecessor, the phone has received a 20 percent increment in battery capacity for seamless productivity and connectivity.

Samsung touts One UI optimization for smooth experiences and battery life. It runs Android 16-based One UI 8 for an intuitive user experience. Software support includes 6 generations of OS and 6 years of security updates.

The company will start selling the Galaxy F70e in 4GB + 128GB and 6GB + 128GB versions in India, starting February 17. It will be available on Samsung.com, Flipkart, and select retail stores across the country.

Price:

  • 4GB + 128GB – INR 12,499
  • 6GB + 128GB – INR 13,999

Consumers can avail an additional INR 500 special launch offer for a limited period.

The post Samsung Galaxy F70e launches with great camera, big battery, One UI 8, and 6-year OS updates appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy F70e unveiled with Dimensity 6300 and 6,000 mAh battery

The latest addition to Samsung’s F-series is now official with the Galaxy F70e. The new device shares its key specs with the Galaxy A07 but opts for a redesigned back with a faux leather finish and comes with a lower starting price. Galaxy F70e is built around a 6.7-inch IPS LCD with HD+ resolution and a 120Hz refresh rate. The panel is rated at 800 nits peak brightness and features an 8MP selfie camera. Samsung Galaxy F70e Around the back, Galaxy F70e features a 50MP main cam with f/1.8 aperture alongside a 2MP depth sensor and an LED flash. The phone is equipped with...

Gurman: iPhone 17e to cost the same as 16e, offer MagSafe and A19 SoC

The iPhone 17e has been the subject of several leaks in recent weeks. Now, Bloomberg’s Mark Gurman has weighed in, largely corroborating the recent leaks surrounding Apple’s upcoming affordable iPhone. According to Gurman, the iPhone 17e will be powered by the A19 chipset and will support MagSafe charging, which was not present on the iPhone 16e. Gurman also notes that the upcoming iPhone will get the latest in-house cellular and wireless chips, the C1X and N1. Lastly, the iPhone 17e is expected to retain the same $599 price tag as its predecessor. Gurman also says the new...

Samsung Galaxy S26 preorder may come with a genuinely useful freebie, reservation date leaks

Samsung might soon start the Galaxy S26 series reservation, and it could unlock a useful freebie toward preorder. It remains unclear whether the double storage benefit will stay intact or be scrapped this year.

Information shared by tipster Sanju Choudhary suggests that Samsung could start the Galaxy S26 reservation on Wednesday, February 11, and the preorder freebie will likely be a 60W charging adapter.

If the input is accurate, Samsung could drop the Galaxy Unpacked invite day after tomorrow. Historically, Unpacked invitagion come along with the opening of reservations, including in the US, Europe, India, and key markets.

Free 60W adapter makes sense as a preorder freebie, which buyers would actually welcome. The Galaxy S26 Ultra supports up to 60W wired charging, while the wireless charging is also upgraded to 25W through compatible Qi2 cases.

The India-based tipster is unsure if the free storage upgrade will be offered. Earlier, it was reported that the Galaxy S26 Ultra could see a little price hike in India, even after claiming all the early purchase benefits.

Samsung may launch the Galaxy S26 Ultra for INR 1,40,000 in India. It’s an increment of INR 11,000 compared to the S25 Ultra. There could be an upfront discount of INR 10,000 along with INR 3,000 cashback on Buds 3/4 Pro.

Interestingly, the previous tip highlighted the free storage upgrade benefit’s availability. Meanwhile, there’s no certainty seeing the massive rise in smartphone component costs, such as DRAM and NAND memory, along with AP.

Samsung is set to unveil the Galaxy S26 series on February 25, with the first sale opening on March 11, 2026.

Featured image credit – Ice Universe

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 preorder may come with a genuinely useful freebie, reservation date leaks appeared first on Sammy Fans.

iOS 27 leaks paint a worrying picture for iPhone users craving real upgrades

Fresh Apple leaks suggest iOS 27 could be a boring upgrade. The new software will drop at WWDC this June, and a formal announcement may arrive next month. Samsung’s heavy lifting of One UI is widening the gap in terms of software.

Bloomberg’s Mark Gurman leaks that Apple iOS 27 could focus on bug fixes, performance, and design tweaks. A significant portion of marketing would spin around Siri upgrades powered by Gemini and an AI chatbot.

Apple Intelligence would receive further improvements for iPhones. Siri with Gemini will surely make headlines for weeks, but WWDC26 is slated to be “a fairly muted affair this year.”

iOS 26 is one of the most buggy software updates ever offered by Apple. Even loyal iPhone users criticized the performance and experience. That said, Apple’s focus has shifted to bug fixes and performance improvements.

Apple last year introduced Liquid Glass design language, which has been wisely replicated by Android skins, including One UI 8.5. Android 17 is doubling down on Apple-style design changes, arriving on Pixels this year.

The US tech giant doesn’t plan bold tweaks to the iOS 27 user interface. It would simply refine the changes deployed in iOS 26. Software will receive fine-tuning along the way, and bug fixes will realize performance gains.

Starting with One UI 7, Samsung commenced a bold new era in software experience. It was also the year when the world witnessed true AI experiences. Since then, we have been seeing notable improvements, with One UI 8.5 having nailed it.

Apple iPhone iOS

Source – Apple

The post iOS 27 leaks paint a worrying picture for iPhone users craving real upgrades appeared first on Sammy Fans.

This compact 828 Wh capacity portable power station from Vtoman is now $220 off for a limited time

Deal | Vtoman’s Jump 1500X compact yet portable power station can now be picked up with a significant 32% discount, thanks to the Valentine’s Day sale. The power station features an 828 Wh LiFePO₄ battery capacity, which is expandable up to 2,376 Wh via extra battery. On top of this, it also doubles as a car jump starter with 2000 A peak current.

Xiaomi 18 Pro tipped to feature dual 200MP cameras

The Xiaomi 18 series is expected to debut later this year and will likely comprise a standard model alongside the Xiaomi 18 Pro. While details about the lineup remain scarce, a new leak suggests that the devices could feature a dual 200MP camera setup. According to tipster Digital Chat Station, an upcoming compact flagship with a 6.3-inch display is tipped to feature dual 200MP rear cameras. While the leak doesn’t explicitly name the Xiaomi 18 series, the accompanying comments suggest that the device in question could be the Xiaomi 18 Pro. Xiaomi 17 Pro Max The Xiaomi 17 and the 17...

Samsung HBM4 launches soon for Nvidia AI chips, with limits

Industry reports deliver great news for Samsung and Nvidia fans with the world’s first HBM4 production commencing this February for the next-gen AI chips.

According to Yonhap, Samsung will begin producing HBM4 for Nvidia AI chips after the Lunar New Year holidays. With this milestone, the Korean tech giant will become the first in the world to commercialize the new HBM.

Samsung’s HBM4 reportedly exceeds the speeds required by Nvidia. The company is utilizing a fabrication process better than its rivals. NVIDIA is set to use HBM4 memory chips in its Vera Rubin AI accelerators.

Despite steep edges, Samsung is having mid-20% share in Nvidia’s HBM4 supply. A larger portion, going beyond 50 percent, is going to SK Hynix, with Samsung is runner up, followed by the US-based memory maker Micron.

Korean outlet Hankyung reports that Samsung has secured mid-20% share for HBM4. It’s significantly higher than the current HBM3E supply, which the company trailed; therefore, it’s good to go for future partnerships.

 

An industry insider stated:

“Samsung, which has the world’s largest production capacity and the broadest product lineup, has demonstrated a recovery in its technological competitiveness by becoming the first to mass-produce the highest-performing HBM4.”

The post Samsung HBM4 launches soon for Nvidia AI chips, with limits appeared first on Sammy Fans.

iPhone 17e price and upgrades put pressure on Galaxy S26 series

Apple is set to kickstart 2026 with the launch of its new iPhone 17e, and its price and upgrades are going to hurt Samsung’s Galaxy S26 series.

Analyst MarkGurman of Bloomberg reports Apple iPhone 17e price and upgrades, which aren’t good news for the Galaxy S26 series. The affordable iPhone is gearing up to attack Samsung’s upcoming flagships from many aspects.

iPhone 17e price

Apple kept the iPhone 17e price unchanged, and iPhone 17e turns out to be no exception. While Chinese OEMs surrendered to climbing DRAM prices, and Samsung is under pressure, Apple keeps the iPhone prices intact.

Like the iPhone 16e, the iPhone 17e is widely expected to cost $599. This price stagnation may not just remain limited to the iPhone 17e, but expand to the forthcoming models, including the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max coming later this year.

iPhone 17e upgrades

Apple is reportedly bringing two major upgrades to the iPhone 17e this year. First, the device is getting an iPhone 17-level A19 chipset. Second, it’s getting MagSafe wireless charging support, featuring a built-in magnet.

For the last two years, Samsung has been maintaining a strategy to use a generation-old chip in its Fan Edition models. Meanwhile, Apple is bringing its best to even the affordable iPhone model, and that’s where it gains an edge.

Despite multiple rumors, the S26 series is arriving without built-in magnetic charging. Apple calls such a solution MagSafe, and the Pixel 10 upgraded to native Qi2 charging. Samsung wants Galaxy S26 buyers to own a special case.

Well, Samsung’s upcoming Galaxy S26, S26+, and S26 Ultra could launch at the same price as the Galaxy S26 series in the US. The standard model is upgrading to 256GB storage, and it could start at $799, at least stateside.

The post iPhone 17e price and upgrades put pressure on Galaxy S26 series appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Galaxy S26 certification dims hopes for Apple MagSafe rivals

Samsung fans waiting for Apple’s MagSafe-grade native magnetic charging on the Galaxy S26 just got their answer, and it is not the one many hoped for.

A new listing has surfaced in the Wireless Power Consortium database. The Galaxy S26, S26 Plus, and S26 Ultra all appear with updated Qi 2.2.1 certification.

Qi 2.2.1 pushes wireless charging speeds higher, with the Ultra expected to hit 25W and the standard models landing around 20W. It brings Samsung closer to the upper tier of wireless charging performance.

The WPC data confirms support only for the Base Power Profile. No Magnetic Power Profile, no integrated magnet ring, nor snap-on alignment with Qi2 magnetic accessories, unless you add a case that does the job for the phone.

Apple moved to magnets years ago, and Google followed with the Pixel 10 series. Samsung has been sitting on the sidelines, and the Galaxy S26 leak suggests it plans to stay there.

Samsung appears to be prioritizing a thinner chassis and guaranteed S Pen compatibility over the convenience of native magnets. Power users will understand the logic, but they do not have to like it.

Because the Galaxy S26 lineup sticks with standard BPP coils rather than a reworked magnetic MPP setup, Wireless PowerShare should remain intact. That means you can still charge the battery of your Galaxy watch or earbuds using the Galaxy S26 phone.

Galaxy Unpacked is confirmed for February 25, where Samsung will finally explain its thinking, or attempt to.

Samsung Galaxy S26 WPC Certification Magnetic Charging

Source – Wireless Power Consortium

The post Galaxy S26 certification dims hopes for Apple MagSafe rivals appeared first on Sammy Fans.

This is the kind of global stage Galaxy S25 Ultra owners paid for

Samsung just proved something most broadcast engineers would’ve laughed at five years ago. You can live-stream an Olympic opening ceremony using phones. And this is the kind of global stage Galaxy S25 Ultra owners paid for.

At Milan’s San Siro Olympic Stadium, 26 Galaxy S25 Ultra units were strategically positioned across the global stage. Each one was feeding real-time footage into the global broadcast as 75,000 attendees and 3,500 athletes kicked off the Winter Olympics.

Samsung, working directly with Olympic Broadcasting Services, deployed the S25 Ultra as legitimate capture hardware. The kind of move that signals where mobile imaging tech actually sits in 2026.

The opening ceremony broadcast captured athlete entrances, crowd reactions, and backstage emotion with the kind of intimate framing that traditional broadcast cameras struggle to access.

Broadcast-grade sensor performance, sub-second latency on wireless transmission, and ProVisual Engine processing that handles dynamic lighting conditions without choking.

Walk through what that setup demanded:

  • Multi-camera sync across two dozen devices
  • Real-time color grading to match broadcast standards
  • Stabilization algorithms to handle crowd movement and tunnel vibrations

The Galaxy S25 Ultra handled it without the usual rig of external batteries, cooling systems, or tethered workstations. It shows the superiority of Samsung smartphones that go beyond just everyday usage when needed.

Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Olympic 2026

Source – Samsung

Galaxy Z Flip 7 Olympic Edition

Athletes got their own hardware too; every participant received a Galaxy Z Flip 7 Olympic Edition.

Foldable form factor, Olympic branding, and enough computational photography power to let them document their own once-in-a-lifetime moments.

Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 7 Olympic Edition

Source – Samsung

From the athletes’ thrilling entrance to the cheers of spectators, and scenes of them enjoying and anticipating the days before their teams and teammates, Samsung and Galaxy connected the beginning of the world’s greatest sports festival into unforgettable, precious moments.

The post This is the kind of global stage Galaxy S25 Ultra owners paid for appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Top 10 trending phones of week 6

The Galaxy S26 Ultra is back on top of our trending chart, making it three wins before it's even officially announced. We've little doubt it will add to its tally once it goes on sale towards the end of the month. The Redmi Turbo 5 Max in second and the Galaxy A56 outgoing mid-ranger complete the podium this week. [#InlinePriceWidget, 13603, 1#] Another phone on its way out - the Galaxy S25 Ultra - sits in fourth, followed by the current Apple flagship - the iPhone 17 Pro Max. Redmi Note 15 Pro and Redmi Note 15 come in sixth and seventh in that order. Yet another indication...

The T1 Phone from Trump Mobile is still happening but specs and design have changed

Ever since Trump Mobile announced the T1 Phone, many of us were left wondering whether it's going to happen at all. The T1 Phone is still wrapped in mystery, and it's constantly getting delayed. However, The Verge managed to speak to two executives at the company - Don Hendrickson and Eric Thomas, who gave some extra details of the future device. First of all, the T1 Phone isn't dead. It's just that Trump Mobile is going through some hurdles, and as a result, the handset's release is constantly getting delayed. Some last minute changes to the design and hardware are the reason why....

More Galaxy S26 details, iPhone Fold design, Pixel 10a, Week 6 in review

We are now a week into February, and it's no wonder that the upcoming Samsung Galaxy S26 lineup is dominating the news cycle. The most popular article from the past seven days is about the official teaser from Samsung, showcasing some of the camera upgrades along with a 360-degree spin of the Galaxy S26 Ultra. There are other Galaxy S26 leaks in there as well, but expect even more in the coming weeks as Samsung is gearing up to launch its flagship S series on February 25. Another interesting read for our readers was the Infinix Note 60 series leak, revealing the memory options of all...

Samsung is upgrading the Galaxy S26 series wireless charging, but skimps on the magnets again

A new listing appeared on the Wireless Power Consortium's (WPC) website, revealing an upgraded wireless charging protocol for the upcoming Samsung Galaxy S26 trio. The model numbers listed are believed to belong to the Galaxy S26, S26 Plus and S26 Ultra. According to the document, the three phones will offer the Qi 2.2.1 wireless charging spec, which will enable 20W charging or faster. That theory aligns with an earlier rumor suggesting that the Galaxy S26 Ultra will come with 25W wireless charging support. However, that's only the good news. The bad news is that the handsets comply...

Motorola Moto Buds 2 Plus TWS earphones surface in leaked images

Motorola unveiled the Moto Buds+ TWS earphones in April 2024, and after almost two years, the brand will follow them up with a new pair, called Moto Buds 2 Plus. While we don't know exactly when Motorola will introduce the Moto Buds 2 Plus, thanks to leakster Evan Blass, we do know what they will look like. Blass has shared a couple of images of the Motorola Moto Buds 2 Plus, which reveal that the new pair has a vertical design, unlike the Buds+, which had a horizontal design. Motorola Moto Buds 2 Plus' leaked renders The images also show the Moto Buds 2 Plus in two colors....

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra, S26+, S26: All the rumors, leaks, and official details

We are just weeks away from the big Samsung event, and the leaks are everywhere. If you follow Sammy Fans, you know the Galaxy S26 Ultra is the one everyone is waiting for. But is it actually a big upgrade, or just a tiny jump? I have gone through all the latest news to give you the real story.

The Galaxy S26 Ultra has slightly rounded edges. It still looks like a serious, professional phone, but it’s much more comfortable to hold. It’s also thinner, about 7.9mm. We are also seeing new colors like Cobalt Violet and a very sleek Titanium Black. The rear camera setup has also changed; instead of five separate lenses sticking out, they are now tucked into a neat, pill-shaped module.

Samsung’s new Flex Magic Pixel tech is one interesting addition. It’s a privacy screen built right into the glass. Unless you are looking at the phone directly, the screen looks blurry. It’s a simple idea, but honestly, it’s one of the most useful things the company has added in years.

What about power?

The phone will be powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset. Thanks to the latest chipset, this phone is incredibly fast. You can play any heavy games or edit 4K video without the phone getting hot or slowing down.

But the real focus this year is Galaxy AI. Samsung is adding tools that can summarize your long emails, translate phone calls in real-time, even better than before, and even help you erase or move objects around in your photos with just a tap. It’s like having a smart assistant living inside your phone.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra

Photography?

The 200MP camera is still there, but it’s been upgraded to improve “night mode”. The AI and new lens work together to make it bright and clear, without that fake, over-edited look.

Zoom is also getting a boost. We are hearing that the 5x and 10x zoom shots will be much sharper, which is great if you are at a concert and sitting far back in the stands.

Battery and Price

The battery is 5,000mAh, which is the same as the last few years. While we all wanted a bigger battery, the new chip is much better at saving power, so you should easily get through a full day. Plus, with 60W charging, you can plug it in for 15 minutes and get enough charge to last the evening.

As for the price, expect to pay around $1,299. But if you want the best screen, the best camera, and the fastest speeds in the Android world, you should get this one.

Release Info

The product will be announced on February 25, 2026, and arrive in stores in mid-March 2026.

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra, S26+, S26: All the rumors, leaks, and official details appeared first on Sammy Fans.

❌